Official Paper

SBI Clerk Mains Memory Based Paper (Held On: 12 April 2025) (Previous Year Paper)

190 questions · 160 minutes · with answers · free

General/Financial Awareness (50 questions)

1

INS Mumbai participated in the 5th edition of the multinational naval exercise “LA PEROUSE” hosted by France in January 2025. Which of the following countries is not involved in the exercise?

  1. ((a))

    Canada

  2. ((b))

    Australia

  3. ((c))

    India

  4. ((d))

    United Kingdom

  5. ((e))

    Japan

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Japan

The correct answer is Japan.

In News

  • Indian Navy’s guided missile destroyer INS Mumbai participated in the 5th edition of the multinational naval exercise LA PEROUSE hosted by France in January 2025.

Key Points

  • The exercise was conducted from January 16 to 24, 2025, in the strategic maritime straits of Malacca, Sunda, and Lombok linking the Indian Ocean and Pacific Ocean.
  • It was led by the French Carrier Strike Group, centered around the aircraft carrier Charles De Gaulle.
  • Navy forces from nine Indo-Pacific nations participated: India, Australia, Canada, USA, France, Indonesia, Malaysia, United Kingdom, and Singapore.
  • Japan was not among the participating countries of the La Perouse 25 exercise in 2025.
  • The exercise emphasized maritime cooperation, interoperability, anti-illicit activities operations, and protection of key trade routes.
  • The IORIS (Indian Ocean Regional Information Sharing) system was used for coordination and communication among participating navies.
  • INS Mumbai's participation highlights India's commitment to regional maritime security and collaboration under its SAGAR vision.

Additional Information

  • La Perouse exercises are biennial multinational naval drills organized by France focusing on Indo-Pacific maritime security.
  • The exercise area includes key maritime chokepoints vital to global shipping and regional stability.
  • Participants train in multidomain warfare tactics, maritime interdiction, and search and rescue operations.
  • India's SAGAR (Security and Growth for All in the Region) initiative promotes cooperative maritime security in the Indo-Pacific.
  • The first La Perouse exercise was held in 2019, with subsequent editions biannually to enhance naval interoperability.
2

On December 30, 2024, India submitted its 4th Biennial Update Report (BUR-4) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), providing an updated National Greenhouse Gas (GHG) inventory for the year 2020 and information on mitigation actions and climate commitments. As per India’s 4th Biennial Update Report (BUR-4) to UNFCCC, India reported what percent reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in 2020 compared to 2019?

  1. ((a))

    15.67%

  2. ((b))

    5.12%

  3. ((c))

    7.93%

  4. ((d))

    10.25%

  5. ((e))

    12.50%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

7.93%

The correct answer is 7.93%.

In News

  • India submitted its 4th Biennial Update Report (BUR-4) to the UNFCCC on December 30, 2024, with the GHG inventory for the year 2020.

Key Points

  • India’s total GHG emissions, excluding Land Use, Land-Use Change, and Forestry (LULUCF), were 2,959 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent (CO2e) in 2020.
  • Including LULUCF, India’s net emissions were 2,437 million tonnes of CO2e, showing the significant carbon sink effect of forests and land.
  • The report states a 7.93% reduction in total GHG emissions in 2020 compared to 2019.
  • The energy sector contributed the most to emissions at 75.66%, followed by agriculture (13.72%), industrial processes product use (8.06%), and waste (2.56%).
  • India’s forest and tree cover sequestered approximately 522 million tonnes of CO2 in 2020, equivalent to reducing 22% of total emissions.
  • Between 2005 and 2020, India reduced its emission intensity of GDP by 36%.
  • Installed capacity of renewable power increased significantly to 203.22 GW by October 2024, supporting India’s sustainable energy transition.

Additional Information

  • The BUR-4 report updates the Third National Communication and is part of India’s ongoing reporting to the UNFCCC under its climate commitments.
  • India emphasizes equity and common but differentiated responsibilities in global climate action frameworks.
  • India’s climate strategy balances economic growth with sustainability through national policies and international cooperation.
  • The forestry sector acts as a net carbon sink, helping offset GHG emissions from other sectors.
  • India’s renewable energy expansion includes solar, wind, and large hydropower projects aiming for net-zero emissions by 2070.
3

Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) Convention in Bhubaneswar, Odisha, in January 2025, highlighting the role of the Indian diaspora in national development. The event was organised collaboratively by the Government of India and the Odisha state government. What was the theme of the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) Convention held in January 2025?

  1. ((a))

    Sustainable Development through Diaspora Engagement

  2. ((b))

    Connecting India with the World

  3. ((c))

    India’s Global Growth and Innovation

  4. ((d))

    Diaspora’s Contribution to a Viksit Bharat

  5. ((e))

    Bridging Cultures for Progress

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Diaspora’s Contribution to a Viksit Bharat

The correct answer is Diaspora’s Contribution to a Viksit Bharat.

In News

  • PM Narendra Modi inaugurated the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention in Bhubaneswar, Odisha, on January 9, 2025.

Key Points

  • The 18th PBD Convention was held in collaboration with the Government of Odisha from January 8 to 10, 2025.
  • The theme of the event was “Diaspora’s Contribution to a Viksit Bharat,” emphasizing the Indian diaspora's role in national progress.
  • The event featured participation from delegates across over 75 countries, highlighting India's wide diaspora network.
  • PM Modi flagged off the Pravasi Bharatiya Express, a special tourist train organised for Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs) under the Pravasi Teerth Darshan Yojana.
  • The Convention included exhibitions on diaspora contributions to technology, culture, and Odisha’s economic growth.
  • The President of Trinidad and Tobago virtually addressed the convention underlining the importance of diaspora ties.
  • Youth-focused sessions and business forums were also part of the event to foster engagement and opportunities.

Additional Information

  • Pravasi Bharatiya Divas is celebrated biennially to connect the Indian diaspora with their cultural roots and homeland.
  • The convention was first instituted in 2003 to recognize and strengthen the engagement of overseas Indians.
  • The Pravasi Bharatiya Express provides curated tourism experiences to PIOs across prominent religious and cultural sites in India.
  • Odisha, as the host, showcased its cultural heritage and economic progress during the convention.
  • The event aligns with India’s broader ‘Purvodaya’ and ‘Act East’ policy initiatives to foster regional economic integration.
4

The 1st edition of the Kho Kho World Cup 2025, organized at the Indira Gandhi Indoor Stadium in New Delhi, brought together 20 men's and 19 women's teams from around the globe. Which country’s women team won the 1st edition of “Kho Kho World Cup 2025”?

  1. ((a))

    Bangladesh

  2. ((b))

    India

  3. ((c))

    Iran

  4. ((d))

    Nepal

  5. ((e))

    South Africa

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

India

The correct answer is India.

In News

  • The Indian women’s team won the final of the inaugural Kho Kho World Cup 2025, defeating Nepal at the Indira Gandhi Indoor Stadium, New Delhi.

Key Points

  • The Indian women’s Kho Kho team beat Nepal 78-40 to clinch the championship title in the inaugural World Cup.
  • The team, captained by Priyanka Ingle, remained undefeated throughout the tournament, winning all group and knockout matches.
  • The finals featured both Indian men’s and women’s teams facing counterparts from Nepal, securing victories in both divisions and a clean sweep for India.
  • Organised by the Kho Kho Federation of India (KKFI) and International Kho Kho Federation (IKKF), the event was supported by the Indian Olympic Association.
  • The tournament featured 19 women’s teams competing in group and knockout stages, reflecting Kho Kho’s growing international reach.
  • The second edition of the World Cup is scheduled to be held in Birmingham, England, in 2026-27.
  • India’s men’s team also remained unbeaten and won the World Cup title.

Additional Information

  • Kho Kho is a traditional Indian tag game with deep roots, originally believed to be played on chariots in Maharashtra.
  • The modern version with formalized rules emerged in 1914 in Pune’s Deccan Gymkhana Club.
  • Kho Kho’s global popularity expanded from 6 countries in 2020 to 55 countries in 2025, with IKKF aiming for Olympic inclusion by 2036.
  • A Kho Kho team consists of 9 active players and 3 substitutes, alternating between chasing, defending, and tagging opponents.
  • The Kho Kho Federation of India (KKFI) was established in 1955 and is headquartered in New Delhi. Sudhansu Mittal serves as the current president.
5

Bahadur Singh Sagoo, who has represented India at multiple Olympic Games and achieved an Asian Games gold medal in Busan in 2002, has been appointed as the new President of the Athletics Federation of India (AFI) for a four-year term starting January 2025. Bahadur Singh Sagoo is associated with which sport? (12th April)

  1. ((a))

    Discuss Throw

  2. ((b))

    Javelin Throw

  3. ((c))

    Shot Put

  4. ((d))

    400m Sprint

  5. ((e))

    Hammer Throw

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Shot Put

The correct answer is Shot Put.

In News

  • Former Indian athlete and Asian Games gold medalist Bahadur Singh Sagoo was appointed as the President of the Athletics Federation of India (AFI) in January 2025.

Key Points

  • The appointment was made during the Annual General Assembly Meeting of the AFI held in Chandigarh, Punjab.
  • Bahadur Singh Sagoo succeeds Adille Sumariwalla, who served as AFI President for three consecutive terms from 2012 to 2024.
  • Stanely Jones from Telangana was appointed as the new Treasurer, while former middle-distance runner Jyotirmoyee Sikdar became the Joint Secretary.
  • Bahadur Singh is a one-time Asian Games gold medalist and a two-time national champion in the shot put event.
  • He won the gold medal at the 2002 Busan Asian Games with a throw of 19.03 meters.
  • He represented India at the 2000 and 2004 Olympic Games and recorded his career-best throw of 20.40 meters in Kyiv, Ukraine in 2004.
  • He was honored with the Padma Shri in 2006 for his contributions to Indian athletics.

Additional Information

  • The Athletics Federation of India (AFI) was established in 1946 and is headquartered in New Delhi.
  • AFI is the governing body for athletics in India, responsible for organizing track and field competitions nationwide.
  • It is affiliated with World Athletics and the Asian Athletics Association.
  • The primary responsibilities of AFI include athlete training, selection for international events, and conducting national championships.
  • Adille Sumariwalla served as President of AFI before Bahadur Singh Sagoo and is also a member of the World Athletics Council.
6

The 55th Goods and Services Tax (GST) Council meeting, chaired by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman, was held on December 21, 2024, in Jaisalmer, Rajasthan, with participation from State Finance Ministers, Chief Ministers, and senior officials. The 55th GST Council has decided to raise the GST rate from 12% to 18% on the sale of all __________, including Electric Vehicles (EVs), except specific categories based on engine capacity and vehicle size? (12th April)

  1. ((a))

    Industrial Machinery

  2. ((b))

    Old & Used Vehicles

  3. ((c))

    Household Appliances

  4. ((d))

    Consumer Electronics

  5. ((e))

    Luxury Handbags

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Old & Used Vehicles

The correct answer is Old & Used Vehicles

In News

  • The 55th GST Council meeting, chaired by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman, was held on December 21, 2024, at Jaisalmer, Rajasthan.

Key Points

  • The GST Council decided to increase the GST rate from 12% to 18% on the sale of all old and used vehicles, including Electric Vehicles (EVs), except for specified large-engine vehicles already attracting 18% GST.
  • This applies to old petrol vehicles with engine capacities of 1200 cc or more and lengths exceeding 4000 mm, and diesel vehicles with 1500 cc or higher capacity and lengths over 4000 mm, including SUVs.
  • The new rate applies only to registered persons dealing in such vehicles.
  • GST will be levied only on the margin value, i.e., the difference between the purchase price and selling price, not on the total transaction value.
  • The exemption continues for unregistered individual sellers of used vehicles.
  • The Council’s clarification aims to standardise taxation and resolve disputes in used vehicle sales, enhancing compliance and fairness.
  • The meeting also made changes in GST rates for several goods such as fortified rice kernel (reduced to 5%) and exempted gene therapy from GST entirely.

Additional Information

  • The GST Council is a constitutional body chaired by the Union Finance Minister and includes State Finance Ministers.
  • The Council’s primary function is to make key recommendations on GST laws, tax rates, and administration.
  • The 55th Council meeting also reduced GST on Fortified Rice Kernel to 5% and exempted gene therapy from GST.
  • It clarified that no GST is payable on penal charges imposed by banks or NBFCs for loan defaults.
  • The Council meets periodically to review fiscal trends and ensure consistent tax governance across India.
7

The Ayushman Bharat Digital Mission (ABDM), a flagship scheme of the Government of India for enhancing digital healthcare, completed three years of implementation on September 27, 2024. It assigns a unique health identifier to every citizen to securely manage health records within the digital ecosystem. How many digits are there in the unique Ayushman Bharat Health Account (ABHA) number assigned to individuals in India’s digital healthcare system?

  1. ((a))

    10 digits

  2. ((b))

    14 digits

  3. ((c))

    12 digits

  4. ((d))

    16 digits

  5. ((e))

    18 digits

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

14 digits

The correct answer is 14 digits.

In News

  • The Ayushman Bharat Digital Mission completed three years of implementation on September 27, 2024.

Key Points

  • ABDM was launched by Prime Minister Narendra Modi on September 27, 2021.
  • It aims to revolutionize India’s digital health ecosystem by improving healthcare accessibility, efficiency, and transparency.
  • Each individual is assigned a unique Ayushman Bharat Digital Health Account Identifier (ABHA ID) under ABDM.
  • The ABHA number is a 14-digit unique identifier that securely identifies people in the digital healthcare ecosystem.
  • ABDM also features a comprehensive Health Professionals Registry and Health Facility Registries to connect stakeholders digitally.
  • It ensures data privacy and security adhering to the Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023.
  • Key components include Health Information Exchange & Consent Manager, Unified Health Interface, and National Health Claim Exchange to enable seamless healthcare delivery and insurance claim processing.

Additional Information

  • The National Health Authority under the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare is the implementing agency of ABDM.
  • The ABHA ID helps citizens securely access and manage their health records electronically.
  • The Unified Health Interface facilitates discovery and delivery of health services digitally across India.
  • ABDM supports interoperability across modern and traditional medicine systems.
  • The scheme aims to promote transparency in healthcare pricing and accountability for service delivery.
8

On December 30, 2024, India marked a milestone in tourism and engineering heritage with the unveiling of the country’s first bowstring arch glass bridge connecting two iconic monuments off the coast. The bridge, built to enhance tourist experience and reduce travel time, was inaugurated as part of a Silver Jubilee celebration. India’s 1st glass bridge in the sea (77m long) was inaugurated in ________ in December 2024. (12th April)

  1. ((a))

    Chennai, Tamil Nadu

  2. ((b))

    Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu

  3. ((c))

    Vellore, Tamil Nadu

  4. ((d))

    ​Kanniyakumari, Tamil Nadu

  5. ((e))

    Rameswaram, Tamil Nadu

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

​Kanniyakumari, Tamil Nadu

The correct answer is Kanniyakumari, Tamil Nadu.

In News

  • On December 30, 2024, Tamil Nadu Chief Minister Muthuvel Karunanidhi Stalin inaugurated India’s first bowstring arch glass bridge at Kanniyakumari, connecting the Thiruvalluvar Statue and Vivekananda Rock Memorial.

Key Points

  • The bridge was inaugurated as part of the Silver Jubilee (25th year) celebration of the installation of the Thiruvalluvar Statue.
  • Chief Minister M.K. Stalin officially declared that the Thiruvalluvar Statue will henceforth be known as the “Statue of Wisdom.”
  • The glass bridge measures 77 meters in length and 10 meters in width, employing advanced corrosion-resistant technology to withstand intense sea winds.
  • Constructed at a cost of Rs. 37 crore, the bridge eliminates the need for ferry rides currently operated by Poompuhar Shipping Corporation between the two landmarks.
  • The project aims to boost tourism in Kanniyakumari, one of India’s most visited coastal destinations for its sunrise and sunset views.
  • It is expected to become a landmark attraction, enhancing accessibility and safety for tourists.

Additional Information

  • The Thiruvalluvar Statue stands 133 feet tall, representing the 133 chapters of the ancient Tamil text Thirukkural.
  • The statue was unveiled on January 1, 2000, by former Chief Minister M. Karunanidhi.
  • It was designed by architect and sculptor V. Ganapati Sthapati and weighs around 7,000 tonnes.
  • Saint-poet Thiruvalluvar authored 1,330 couplets known as Thirukkural about 2,000 years ago.
  • The Vivekananda Rock Memorial, adjacent to the bridge, commemorates Swami Vivekananda’s meditation and enlightenment at Kanniyakumari.
9

During the “Northeast Region States Meet 2025” held in Guwahati, Assam, Union Minister Rajiv Ranjan Singh launched India’s first organic fisheries cluster, aimed at promoting sustainable aquaculture and boosting farmer incomes. India’s first organic fisheries cluster, launched under the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) initiative, is located in which district?

  1. ((a))

    East Sikkim

  2. ((b))

    Gangtok

  3. ((c))

    Soreng

  4. ((d))

    South Sikkim

  5. ((e))

    North Sikkim

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Soreng

The correct answer is Soreng.

In News

  • Union Minister Rajiv Ranjan Singh launched India’s first organic fisheries cluster in Soreng district of Sikkim during the Northeast Region States Meet 2025 held on January 6, 2025, in Guwahati, Assam.

Key Points

  • The organic fisheries cluster promotes ecological fish farming, avoiding antibiotics, chemicals, and pesticides to produce organic fish.
  • It aims to supply organic fish to eco-conscious markets globally, supporting sustainable aquaculture practices.
  • The initiative is part of the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), focusing on boosting incomes of fish farmers and enhancing fish production.
  • The Department of Fisheries under the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying organized the Northeast Region States Meet 2025 in Guwahati.
  • The event also included certificate distribution to beneficiaries and launching of key projects worth Rs. 50 crore in the Northeast region under PMMSY.
  • National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) plays a key role by providing financial and technical support to the organic cluster development.
  • The project emphasizes low environmental pollution approaches to aquaculture for long-term sustainability.

Additional Information

  • About Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY):
  • It was launched in September 2020 to double the income of fish farmers and promote sustainable fisheries and aquaculture development.
  • The scheme runs from 2020-21 to 2024-25 with an investment of Rs 20,050 crore under Central Sector (CS) and Centrally Sponsored Scheme (CSS) components.
  • PMMSY targets increased fisheries production, infrastructure enhancement, and market development across India.
  • The scheme plays a crucial role in ensuring food security and jobs in fisheries and allied sectors.
10

On January 9, 2025, Bengaluru-based KredX received approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to operate as a Trade Receivables Discounting System (TReDS) platform under the brand name DTX. Following this, how many RBI-regulated TReDS platforms are operational in India as of 2025?

  1. ((a))

    Three

  2. ((b))

    Four

  3. ((c))

    Five

  4. ((d))

    Six

  5. ((e))

    Seven

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Five

The correct answer is Five.

In News

  • KredX, India’s largest supply chain finance platform, received RBI approval to operate as a TReDS platform under the brand name DTX in January 2025.

Key Points

  • KredX became the fifth RBI-licensed TReDS platform, joining Receivables Exchange of India (RXIL), M1 Exchange, Invoice Mart, and C2FO Factoring Solutions.
  • TReDS platforms help MSMEs access credit by discounting receivables, improving liquidity and timely payments.
  • To set up a TReDS platform, a company must have a minimum paid-up equity capital of Rs 25 crore.
  • Businesses with a turnover of Rs 250 crore or more must register on these platforms to sell their invoices and get early payments.
  • The TReDS system enables invoice uploading, buyer approval, competitive bidding by financiers, and advance payments to sellers.
  • TReDS transaction volumes are expected to rise from USD 30 billion in early 2025 to USD 50 billion by 2026.

Additional Information

  • The Trade Receivables Discounting System (TReDS) operates under RBI regulation and governed by the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007.
  • Launched in 2018, TReDS addresses payment delays by corporates and government entities to MSMEs.
  • The process involves MSMEs uploading invoices, which buyers approve before financiers bid to provide discounted payments.
  • RBI’s regulation of TReDS ensures transparency, security, and efficiency in invoice financing.
  • KredX’s DTX platform is the latest addition, enhancing MSME credit access and supply chain finance in India.
11

The non-official directors in the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) central board include 10 government-nominated directors, 2 government officials, and 4 directors representing the RBI’s four local boards. What is the tenure of the officials on the RBI board?

  1. ((a))

    Six years

  2. ((b))

    Two years

  3. ((c))

    Three years

  4. ((d))

    Four years

  5. ((e))

    Five years

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Four years

The correct answer is Four years.

In News

  • Non-official directors on the RBI’s central board, including the 10 government-nominated directors and 4 directors representing four local boards, have a tenure of four years.

Key Points

  • The RBI central board is constituted as per the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, and nominated directors serve four-year terms.
  • The Governor and Deputy Governors hold office for terms fixed by the Central Government, typically up to five years.
  • Two government officials are also members of the board during the pleasure of the government.
  • The four local boards represent Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, and Delhi, each with directors appointed for a four-year term.
  • The term provides continuity in policy-making, enabling stable governance and oversight in RBI operations.
  • Board members include experts from diverse fields, enhancing RBI’s functioning and decision-making with broad perspectives.
  • The four-year tenure aligns with the Government’s mechanism for appointments, maintaining governance continuity.

Additional Information

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI), established on April 1, 1935, operates under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
  • HQ - Mumbai
  • Governor - Sanjay Malhotra
  • The Central Board of Directors is the highest decision-making body within the RBI.
  • The board consists of the Governor, up to four Deputy Governors, 10 government-nominated non-official directors, two government officials, and four local board directors.
  • The RBI’s governance structure balances political oversight with expertise from various economic, financial, and banking sectors.
  • The Governor of RBI currently serves up to a five-year term, subject to government appointment.
12

To further accelerate India's cleanliness mission and encourage competitive urban sanitation performance, the government rolled out the 9th edition of Swachh Survekshan in January 2025. This survey introduced updates to city rankings under multiple population categories, including those with a population of over 10 lakh. Which cities were newly added to the Million Plus Cities category in this edition?

  1. ((a))

    Mumbai, Delhi, Bengaluru

  2. ((b))

    Navi Mumbai, Indore, Surat

  3. ((c))

    Chennai, Hyderabad, Pune

  4. ((d))

    Kolkata, Ahmedabad, Jaipur

  5. ((e))

    Lucknow, Bhopal, Chandigarh

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Navi Mumbai, Indore, Surat

The correct answer is Navi Mumbai, Indore, Surat.

In News

  • The Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs launched the 9th edition of Swachh Survekshan in January 2025, introducing a Million Plus Cities category with Navi Mumbai, Indore, and Surat as the top cities.

Key Points

  • The 9th edition of Swachh Survekshan introduced city classification based on population into 5 categories: Very Small, Small, Medium, Big, and Million Plus cities.
  • The Million Plus Cities category comprises urban local bodies with populations exceeding 10 lakhs.
  • Navi Mumbai, Indore, and Surat were recognized as top performers in the Million Plus Cities segment under the new Super Swachh League.
  • The assessment includes parameters such as visible cleanliness, waste segregation, solid waste management, access to sanitation, and citizen feedback.
  • The new toolkit has 10 indicator buckets to simplify understanding and implementation for urban local bodies.
  • Swachh Survekshan promotes citizen participation, uses third-party validation, and inspires cities to enhance sanitation and environmental hygiene.
  • The 9th edition’s field assessment phase started on February 15, 2025, to conclude by March end.

Additional Information

  • Swachh Survekshan is the world’s largest urban cleanliness survey, launched in 2016 under the Swachh Bharat Mission.
  • Super Swachh League (SSL) is a special category recognizing consistent top performers across multiple years.
  • Swachh Survekshan 2025 emphasized “Reduce, Reuse, Recycle (3R)” principles as part of its annual theme.
  • The survey encourages integration of swachhata values within schools to foster hygiene awareness from a young age.
  • Urban local bodies use Swachh Survekshan results to drive sustainable city missions and improve quality of life.
13

The United Nations Security Council (UNSC) is composed of permanent and non-permanent members. As of 2025, how many non-permanent members are there in the UNSC?

  1. ((a))

    5

  2. ((b))

    7

  3. ((c))

    10

  4. ((d))

    12

  5. ((e))

    15

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

10

The correct answer is 10.

In News

  • The United Nations Security Council consists of 10 non-permanent members serving two-year terms alongside 5 permanent members.

Key Points

  • There are 10 non-permanent members of the UNSC elected by the UN General Assembly for two-year terms.
  • These members include countries such as Pakistan, Denmark, Greece, Panama, Somalia, Algeria, Guyana, South Korea, Sierra Leone, and Slovenia for the 2024-2026 or 2025 terms.
  • Non-permanent members are allocated seats based on regional groups to ensure geographical representation.
  • Five non-permanent members are elected each year, with terms staggered to maintain continuity.
  • The UNSC has 15 members in total—5 permanent and 10 non-permanent.
  • Permanent members include China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
  • The 10 non-permanent members participate fully in the council's deliberations but do not have veto power.

Additional Information

  • Non-permanent members are elected by a two-thirds majority in the UN General Assembly.
  • Seats are distributed among five regional groups: African, Asia-Pacific, Latin American and Caribbean, Western European and Others, and Eastern European groups.
  • Members cannot be immediately re-elected after their two-year term ends.
  • The Security Council is primarily responsible for maintaining international peace and security.
  • Non-permanent members have important roles in peacekeeping missions and international conflict resolution discussions.
14

NITI Aayog, as part of the e-FAST India initiative, launched the "NITI GearShift Challenge" to encourage innovative business models for electric truck adoption. This challenge was organized in collaboration with which Indian Institute of Management, along with Smart Freight Centre India, CALSTART/Drive to Zero, and WRI India?

  1. ((a))

    IIM Ahmedabad

  2. ((b))

    IIM Bangalore

  3. ((c))

    IIM Calcutta

  4. ((d))

    IIM Lucknow

  5. ((e))

    IIM Kozhikode

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

IIM Bangalore

The correct answer is IIM Bangalore.

In News

  • NITI Aayog launched the NITI GearShift Challenge in collaboration with IIM Bangalore, Smart Freight Centre India, CALSTART/Drive to Zero, and WRI India, as part of the e-FAST India initiative.

Key Points

  • The challenge focuses on addressing financial, technical, and operational challenges to accelerate the adoption of zero-emission trucks (ZETs) in India’s freight sector.
  • It invites students, transport service practitioners, academics, and researchers to develop innovative business models via a two-round hackathon.
  • The first round involves submitting initial business models addressing specific operational, financial, or technical barriers.
  • Shortlisted teams advance to the second round to present detailed models with implementation roadmaps, mentored by industry leaders.
  • The challenge aims to advance sustainable freight transport and reduce India’s freight sector carbon emissions, which contribute nearly 40% of road transport CO2.
  • The initiative is a part of NITI Aayog’s broader e-FAST India programme to accelerate clean logistics technology adoption.
  • Collaboration includes prominent partners like IIM Bangalore, Smart Freight Centre India, CALSTART/Drive to Zero, and WRI India, combining academic, industry, and policy expertise.

Additional Information

  • NITI Aayog is India’s premier policy think tank established in 2015, replacing the Planning Commission.
  • IIM Bangalore is one of India’s leading management institutes located in Bengaluru, Karnataka.
  • Smart Freight Centre India works on sustainable freight solutions to improve logistics emissions and efficiency.
  • CALSTART/Drive to Zero is a global initiative accelerating zero-emission medium- and heavy-duty vehicles.
  • WRI India focuses on sustainable development and environmental research to support policy and business innovation.
15

To boost digital support for farmers and modernize agri-advisory services, the Government launched Project VISTAAR in January 2025. This initiative aims to digitalize agricultural extension and improve access to expert guidance for farmers. Which Indian Institute partnered with the Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare for this project?

  1. ((a))

    IIT Kharagpur

  2. ((b))

    IIT Delhi

  3. ((c))

    IIT Bombay

  4. ((d))

    IIT Madras

  5. ((e))

    IIT Kanpur

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

IIT Madras

The correct answer is IIT Madras.

In News

  • In January 2025, IIT Madras partnered with the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare to launch Project VISTAAR to enhance the agricultural extension system through digitalization.

Key Points

  • Project VISTAAR aims to provide farmers and stakeholders access to high-quality advisory services related to crop production, marketing, value addition, supply chain management, and government schemes.
  • The initiative integrates information about over 12,000 agriculture and allied sector start-ups into the VISTAAR platform via a collaboration between MoA&FW and IIT Madras.
  • The Centre for Research on Start-ups and Risk Financing at IIT Madras, alongside incubated startup YNOS Venture Engine, developed the extensive startup database.
  • The digitalized agricultural extension system seeks to bridge information gaps and ensure wide adoption of innovative farming technologies.
  • The project promotes sustainable and climate-resilient agriculture through start-up driven innovations accessible to farmers across India.
  • Farmers will gain easier access to government schemes and market intelligence to improve productivity and livelihoods.
  • The partnership represents a major step towards empowering Indian agriculture with digital tools and innovative solutions.

Additional Information

  • IIT Madras is a premier engineering institution located in Chennai, Tamil Nadu, established in 1959.
  • Project VISTAAR stands for Virtually Integrated System to Access Agricultural Resources.
  • This project is part of India’s broader push towards digital agriculture and farmer empowerment.
  • Digital agriculture extension improves access to timely, accurate, and contextual advisories for small and marginal farmers.
  • The platform’s integration with startup innovation offers scalable and tailor-made solutions for diverse agricultural challenges.
16

In December 2024, Union Minister Sarbananda Sonowal, Ministry of Ports, Shipping & Waterways, launched a new scheme in Kolkata, West Bengal, aimed at encouraging cargo transportation through India’s inland waterways. Under this initiative, cargo vessels such as MV Aai, MV Homi Bhaba, and MV Trishul with barges Ajay and Dikhu were flagged off from the GR Jetty, marking operational movement across National Waterways 1 and 2. What is the name of this newly launched scheme?

  1. ((a))

    Sagarmala Yojana

  2. ((b))

    Jal Marg Vikas Yojana

  3. ((c))

    Jalvahak Scheme

  4. ((d))

    Harit Sagar Initiative

  5. ((e))

    Bharatmala Pariyojana

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Jalvahak Scheme

The correct answer is Jalvahak Scheme.

In News

  • Union Minister Sarbananda Sonowal launched the ‘Jalvahak’ scheme from Kolkata, West Bengal, to boost cargo movement through India’s inland waterways under the Ministry of Ports, Shipping & Waterways.

Key Points

  • The ‘Jalvahak’ scheme focuses on developing inland waterways as a sustainable, efficient, and economical transport mode for cargo movement.
  • The launch event took place at GR Jetty, Kolkata, where cargo vessels MV Aai, MV Homi Bhaba, and MV Trishul, along with barges Ajay and Dikhu, were flagged off.
  • The initiative introduces fixed scheduled services of cargo ships operating between Haldia (West Bengal) and NW-1 (Ganga River) and NW-2 (Brahmaputra River).
  • The scheme covers three major national waterways—NW-1 (Ganga), NW-2 (Brahmaputra), and NW-16 (Barak River).
  • It uses the Indo-Bangladesh Protocol Route for cargo movements between Kolkata and Pandu (Guwahati), facilitating regional trade.
  • With an investment of Rs 95.4 crore by 2027, the scheme targets a modal shift of 800 million tonne-kilometres in cargo movement.
  • The Jalvahak scheme will initially remain valid for three years and aims to help achieve India’s goal of 200 million tonne cargo transport through waterways by 2030.

Additional Information

  • Implementing Agencies
  • Inland Waterways Authority of India (IWAI)
  • Inland & Coastal Shipping Limited (ICSL), subsidiary of Shipping Corporation of India Limited (SCIL)
  • National Waterways Covered
  • NW-1 – Ganga River (Haldia to Varanasi)
  • NW-2 – Brahmaputra River (Dhubri to Sadiya)
  • NW-16 – Barak River (Lakhipur to Bhanga)
  • The scheme aims to demonstrate the readiness of India’s inland waterways for large-scale cargo handling.
  • Inland water transport offers fuel efficiency, reduced carbon emissions, and cost savings compared to road and rail transport.
  • This initiative aligns with India’s PM Gati Shakti National Master Plan for multimodal logistics network integration.
17

On January 15, 2025, Prime Minister Narendra Modi commissioned three significant naval vessels at the Naval Dockyard in Mumbai, marking a historic event with the first-ever tri-commissioning of a destroyer, frigate, and submarine. Which of the following naval vessels were commissioned into the Indian Navy during this landmark event?

  1. ((a))

    INS Kolkata, INS Shivalik, INS Chakra

  2. ((b))

    INS Vikrant, INS Kamorta, INS Arihant

  3. ((c))

    INS Surat, INS Nilgiri, INS Vaghsheer

  4. ((d))

    INS Talwar, INS Trikand, INS Kalvari

  5. ((e))

    INS Ranvijay, INS Betwa, INS Chakra

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

INS Surat, INS Nilgiri, INS Vaghsheer

The correct answer is INS Surat, INS Nilgiri, INS Vaghsheer.

In News

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi commissioned three frontline naval vessels—INS Surat, INS Nilgiri, and INS Vaghsheer—on Indian Army Day 2025 at the Naval Dockyard in Mumbai.

Key Points

  • INS Surat is the fourth and final destroyer of the Visakhapatnam-class (Project 15B), featuring 75% indigenous content and advanced guided missile capabilities.
  • INS Nilgiri is the lead stealth frigate of Project 17A, equipped with advanced survivability features and modern weapon systems.
  • INS Vaghsheer is the sixth and last submarine of the P75 Scorpene-class (Kalvari-class), built with French collaboration and equipped with cutting-edge stealth and weapon technologies.
  • This event marked the first simultaneous commissioning of a destroyer, frigate, and submarine in the Indian Navy’s history.
  • The vessels were built by Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL) in Mumbai, supporting India’s ‘Make in India’ initiative in defense manufacturing.
  • The commissioning strengthens India’s maritime security capabilities and naval dominance in the Indian Ocean Region.
  • The ships feature advanced missile systems such as BrahMos supersonic cruise missiles, Medium Range Surface-to-Air Missiles (MRSAM), torpedoes, and anti-submarine warfare capabilities.

Additional Information

  • The Visakhapatnam-class destroyers are among the most advanced warships in the Indian Navy with stealth features and potent weaponry.
  • Project 17A frigates represent cutting-edge Indian naval ship design focusing on stealth and survivability.
  • The P75 Scorpene-class submarines are diesel-electric attack submarines with air-independent propulsion systems.
  • Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited is India’s premier shipyard specializing in warship and submarine construction.
  • The commissioning ceremony took place on Indian Army Day, highlighting inter-service synergy and national defense priorities.
18

Union Minister of Commerce and Industry Piyush Goyal launched a new initiative to strengthen India’s startup network and enhance innovation-driven entrepreneurship nationwide. The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), through its flagship ‘Startup India’ programme, organized the launch event of this digital platform in New Delhi. Which portal has been launched by DPIIT to boost India’s startup ecosystem?

  1. ((a))

    Startup Connect Portal

  2. ((b))

    Bharat Udyam Network

  3. ((c))

    Innovate India Platform

  4. ((d))

    BHASKAR – Rising Sun Portal

  5. ((e))

    Atmanirbhar Innovation Hub

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

BHASKAR – Rising Sun Portal

The correct answer is BHASKAR – Rising Sun Portal.

In News

  • Union Minister Piyush Goyal launched the ‘Bharat Startup Knowledge Access Registry (BHASKAR – Rising Sun)’ Portal in New Delhi, developed by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry, to support India’s expanding startup ecosystem.

Key Points

  • The BHASKAR Portal serves as a one-stop digital platform designed for data exchange, dissemination, and communication among startup ecosystem participants.
  • It was launched by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, through its flagship programme ‘Startup India.’
  • The platform aims to establish the world’s largest digital registry connecting all stakeholders within India’s startup landscape.
  • Each stakeholder, including startups, incubators, investors, and policymakers, will receive a unique BHASKAR ID to enable personalized digital interactions.
  • The portal encourages innovation, collaboration, and inclusiveness, particularly supporting startups from tier 2 and tier 3 cities.
  • BHASKAR focuses on strengthening India's role as a global startup hub by fostering transparency, traceability, and connectivity across the entrepreneurship ecosystem.

Additional Information

  • The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) oversees policy formulation for industrial development and investment facilitation in India.
  • The ‘Startup India’ initiative was launched in 2016 to promote entrepreneurship and innovation across multiple sectors.
  • India is home to over 1.25 lakh DPIIT-recognized startups, making it the world’s third-largest startup ecosystem.
  • The BHASKAR Portal enhances accessibility and resource-sharing within the ecosystem, promoting sustainable innovation.
  • Under Piyush Goyal’s leadership, DPIIT continues to focus on global collaborations and ease of doing business for startups in India.
19

In July 2022, the Government of India launched Bhashini under the National Language Translation Mission (NLTM) to empower digital inclusion and language accessibility across the nation. This initiative focuses on breaking linguistic barriers by offering multilingual communication support on digital platforms. Bhashini aims to make online content and services available to citizens in how many Indian languages?

  1. ((a))

    18

  2. ((b))

    22

  3. ((c))

    16

  4. ((d))

    20

  5. ((e))

    19

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

22

The correct answer is 22.

In News

Key Points

  • Bhashini focuses on breaking linguistic barriers by providing multilingual communication support on digital platforms.
  • The initiative aims to enable easy access to government services and online content in multiple Indian languages.
  • It covers 22 Indian languages, aligning with the languages recognized in the Eighth Schedule of the Indian Constitution.
  • Bhashini facilitates translation, transcription, and transliteration services to improve digital communication.
  • The platform supports digital content creators, public service providers, and businesses to reach diverse linguistic populations.
  • This mission complements other initiatives aimed at enhancing digital literacy and inclusion across India.

Additional Information

  • Bhashini is executed by the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY).
  • The National Language Translation Mission is a part of India’s digital empowerment strategy.
  • The platform aims to reduce digital divide caused by language barriers in a linguistically diverse country.
  • India recognizes 22 official languages under its Constitution’s Eighth Schedule.
  • Bhashini facilitates government accessibility, education, and economic participation for non-English-speaking citizens.
20

The Republic of Belarus has officially become the permanent member of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO), a Eurasian political, economic, security, and defence alliance formed to foster regional stability and development. How many permanent member countries are there in the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO)?

  1. ((a))

    8

  2. ((b))

    9

  3. ((c))

    10

  4. ((d))

    11

  5. ((e))

    12

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

10

The correct answer is 10.

In News

  • The Republic of Belarus officially became the 10th permanent member of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) during the 24th SCO Council of Heads of State Summit held in Astana, Kazakhstan, on 4th July 2024.

Key Points

  • Belarus joined the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) as its 10th full member state during the 24th SCO Council of Heads of State (SCO-CHS) Summit in July 2024.
  • This summit was hosted by Kazakhstan in Astana under the theme “Strengthening Multilateral Dialogue – Striving for Sustainable Peace and Development.”
  • Belarus had previously joined the SCO as a dialogue partner in 2010 and later became an observer state in 2015.
  • Following the SCO meeting held in Samarkand, Uzbekistan, in 2022, a document was signed launching Belarus’ accession process as a full member.
  • With this addition, the SCO now includes ten permanent members: China, Russia, India, Iran, Pakistan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, and Belarus.
  • Following the 2024 summit, the chairmanship rotated from Kazakhstan to China for the 2024–25 term, with Qingdao named as the SCO’s tourism and cultural capital.

Additional Information

  • The Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) was established on 15 June 2001 by six founding members: Kazakhstan, China, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, and Russia.
  • The 23rd SCO Summit was hosted by India in July 2023 in a virtual format, during which Iran became the 9th permanent member of the SCO.
  • Kazakhstan hosted the SCO-CHS Summit for the fourth time in 2024, having previously hosted it in 2005, 2011, and 2017.
  • The SCO focuses on regional cooperation in political stability, economic development, counter-terrorism, and cultural exchange.
  • With Belarus’ inclusion, the SCO now represents approximately 40% of the world’s population and nearly 30% of global GDP.
21

The Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL) launched three transformative programmes in Andhra Pradesh to promote energy efficiency, environmental sustainability, and economic empowerment. EESL operates under the Ministry of Power as a joint venture of several PSUs. Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL) is not a joint venture of which of the following PSUs under the Ministry of Power, Government of India?

  1. ((a))

    National Thermal Power Corporation Limited

  2. ((b))

    Power Finance Corporation

  3. ((c))

    Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency

  4. ((d))

    Rural Electrification Corporation

  5. ((e))

    Power Grid Corporation of India Limited 

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency

The correct answer is Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA).

In News

  • Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL) collaborated with APSHCL and APSEEDCO to launch three transformative programmes aimed at strengthening energy efficiency, sustainability, and livelihoods in Andhra Pradesh.

Key Points

  • The collaboration between EESL, APSHCL, and APSEEDCO was launched in Vijayawada in the presence of CM N. Chandrababu Naidu and Union Power Minister Manohar Lal.
  • EESL, a joint venture of National Thermal Power Corporation Limited (NTPC), Power Finance Corporation (PFC), Rural Electrification Corporation (REC), and Power Grid Corporation of India Limited (POWERGRID), to support the implementation of energy efficiency projects.
  • The first programme, URJAVEER, aims to train 1 lakh individuals as “Urjaveers” who will promote energy-efficient products through EESLmart.in and community outreach.
  • The second programme introduces energy-efficient appliances to low-income PMAY households, including 6 lakh LED bulbs, 3 lakh LED battens, and 3 lakh BLDC fans.
  • The third, the National Efficiency Cooking Programme (NECP), promotes electric cooking solutions like EESL induction cooktops distributed through Anganwadi Centers.
  • These initiatives aim to combine environmental sustainability with economic empowerment, contributing to India’s broader energy conservation goals.
  • EESL, under the Ministry of Power, is recognized for pioneering large-scale efficiency programs such as UJALA and the Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP).
  • It was set up to implement the Energy Service Company (ESCO) model for cost-effective and measurable energy savings in India.

Additional Information

  • Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL)
  • Established - 2009
  • HQ - New Delhi
  • Parent Ministry - Ministry of Power, Government of India
  • Joint Venture of - NTPC, PFC, REC, POWERGRID
  • Major Programmes of EESL
  • UJALA (Unnat Jyoti by Affordable LEDs for All)
  • Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP)
  • Building Energy Efficiency Programme (BEEP)
  • NECP (National Efficiency Cooking Programme)
  • IREDA, though a power sector PSU, is not a joint venture partner in EESL.
  • EESL plays a central role in India’s pledge to reduce energy intensity by 45% by 2030 compared to 2005 levels.
  • Partnerships like these strengthen state-level implementation of clean energy and efficiency goals.
22

In May 2024, the Pulitzer Board announced the winners across 24 categories under Journalism, Books, Drama and Music. Which of the following won the 2024 Pulitzer Prize in the Fiction category, as part of the Books, Drama and Music group?

  1. ((a))

    No Right to an Honest Living by Jacqueline Jones

  2. ((b))

    Night Watch by Jayne Anne Phillips

  3. ((c))

    King: A Life by Jonathan Eig

  4. ((d))

    Liliana’s Invincible Summer by Cristina Rivera Garza

  5. ((e))

    Adagio (For Wadada Leo Smith) by Tyshawn Sorey

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Night Watch by Jayne Anne Phillips

The correct answer is Night Watch by Jayne Anne Phillips.

In News

  • In the 2024 Pulitzer Prize announcements, the Fiction category winner was Night Watch, authored by Jayne Anne Phillips.

Key Points

  • Night Watch is the work cited as the Fiction category winner in 2024.
  • The Pulitzer Prizes are administered by Columbia University and established by Joseph Pulitzer.
  • Winners in 2024 include categories across Journalism, Drama, Music, and Books with 24 total categories.
  • In Books, Drama and Music, winners receive cash prizes and certificates, with Public Service in Journalism receiving a gold medal.
  • Jayne Anne Phillips’s Night Watch contributes to American literary fiction recognized by the Pulitzer Board.
  • The 2024 awards reflect a diverse set of voices across genres in American letters.

Additional Information

  • The Pulitzer Prize was first awarded in 1917 and is the highest national honor in journalism, literature, and music in the USA.
  • Categories span Journalism (15), Letters/Drama/Music (8), and Special Citations (1).
  • Winners in Books, Drama and Music receive cash prizes and certificates; Fiction is among these literary categories.
  • Night Watch explores themes typical of contemporary American fiction and was recognized for its narrative craft.
  • Books, Drama and Music winners are announced annually in December, while Pulitzer Prizes in Journalism are announced in May.
23

On 3rd January 2025, Union Minister Piyush Goyal, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, released the 6th edition of the ‘Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) Report 2024’ in New Delhi. LEADS 2024 introduced a new pillar. Which of the following is not among the four key pillars used to assess logistics performance in the LEADS 2024 report?

  1. ((a))

    Logistics Services

  2. ((b))

    Logistics Infrastructure

  3. ((c))

    Operating and Regulatory Environment

  4. ((d))

    Digital Inclusion in Logistics

  5. ((e))

    Sustainable Logistics

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Digital Inclusion in Logistics

The correct answer is Digital Inclusion in Logistics

In News

  • Union Minister Piyush Goyal released the 6th edition of the ‘Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) Report 2024’ in New Delhi, highlighting progress in logistics efficiency and policy reforms.

Key Points

  • The LEADS 2024 report evaluates logistics performance across Indian states and union territories by using a comprehensive set of performance indicators.
  • It was released by Piyush Goyal, Union Minister of Commerce and Industry, in the presence of Jitin Prasada, MoS, and Amardeep Singh, Secretary, DPIIT.
  • Gujarat, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Odisha, and Tamil Nadu were recognized as top achievers among coastal states.
  • The report’s assessment framework is built around four key pillars: Logistics Infrastructure, Logistics Services, Operating and Regulatory Environment, and Sustainable Logistics (introduced newly).
  • A new report by NCAER on India’s logistics cost framework was also unveiled to analyze domestic and EXIM cargo data.
  • Piyush Goyal proposed the LEAD approach — Longevity, Efficiency, Effectiveness, Accessibility, Accountability, and Digitalization to improve logistics development.
  • Additionally, a PM Gati Shakti course by Gati Shakti Vishwavidyalaya was launched through iGOT Karmayogi and UGC-SWAYAM platforms for infrastructure planning studies.

Additional Information

  • About LEADS Report
  • Initiated - 2018
  • Conducted annually by - DPIIT under the National Logistics Policy 2022
  • Purpose - To support states in improving infrastructure and service delivery in logistics.
  • The aim is to align with the World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index framework while integrating national-level indicators.
  • The Sustainable Logistics pillar marks a shift toward environmentally responsible transport development in India.
  • LEADS serves as a key input for India’s logistics efficiency roadmap under PM Gati Shakti.
  • Digital Inclusion is not a separate assessment pillar in the LEADS 2024 report but forms part of broader process modernization efforts.
24

The Union Cabinet has approved the launch of the “National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF)” as a standalone Centrally Sponsored Scheme under the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare. With plans to establish 15,000 clusters across Gram Panchayats and reach one crore farmers nationwide, what is the total outlay approved for the NMNF scheme?

  1. ((a))

    Rs 1,850 crore

  2. ((b))

    Rs 2,000 crore

  3. ((c))

    Rs 2,481 crore

  4. ((d))

    Rs 3,200 crore

  5. ((e))

    Rs 2,750 crore

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Rs 2,481 crore

The correct answer is Rs 2,481 crore.

In News

  • The Union Cabinet approved the launch of the National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF) as a standalone Centrally Sponsored Scheme under the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare with a total outlay of Rs 2,481 crore.

Key Points

  • The NMNF aims to promote Natural Farming (NF) techniques that produce chemical-free, nutritious food while reducing dependence on external inputs like fertilizers and pesticides.
  • The scheme will be implemented across 15,000 clusters in Gram Panchayats nationwide within two years, targeting 1 crore farmers and covering 7.5 lakh hectares of land.
  • The total outlay for the scheme is Rs 2,481 crore, with Rs 1,584 crore contributed by the Centre and Rs 897 crore by state governments, valid up to the 15th Finance Commission cycle (2025–26).
  • The initiative includes setting up 10,000 Bio-input Resource Centres (BRCs) to ensure widespread access to organic and natural farming inputs.
  • Approximately 2,000 Natural Farming Model Demonstration Farms will be established at Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs), Agricultural Universities (AUs), and farmer fields.
  • Around 18.75 lakh trained farmers will produce bio-inputs such as Jeevamrit and Beejamrit, while 3,000 Krishi Sakhis/CRPs will raise awareness and assist local farmers.
  • Real-time monitoring will be conducted through an online geo-tagging portal to ensure transparency and effective implementation.

Additional Information

  • Natural Farming enhances soil fertility, conserves water resources, and builds climate resilience against floods, droughts, and waterlogging.
  • The scheme will integrate with existing government programmes to support livestock development, marketing, and local value chain formation.
  • A simple certification and branding system will help farmers market their natural produce effectively.
  • Undergraduate, postgraduate, and diploma-level courses in Natural Farming will be introduced under the Rural Agricultural Work Experience (RAWE) programme.
  • Bio-input centres will create rural employment opportunities while reducing chemical dependency in agriculture.
25

The United Nations celebrates World Braille Day every year on January 4 to honor the birth anniversary of Louis Braille, the French inventor who created the Braille system – a tactile method of reading and writing used by visually impaired individuals. The observance highlights the role of Braille in promoting accessibility, education, and equality for blind and partially sighted people. On which year was the first World Braille Day observed?

  1. ((a))

    2017

  2. ((b))

    2018

  3. ((c))

    2019

  4. ((d))

    2020

  5. ((e))

    2021

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

2019

The correct answer is 2019.

In News

  • The United Nations’ World Braille Day is observed annually on January 4, marking the birth anniversary of Louis Braille. The first World Braille Day was celebrated in 2019.

Key Points

  • World Braille Day is observed on January 4 worldwide to emphasize the importance of Braille as a communication tool for blind and visually impaired individuals.
  • The United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) officially established World Braille Day on December 17, 2018, through resolution A/RES/73/161.
  • The first World Braille Day was observed on January 4, 2019, and 2025 marks its 7th observance since inception.
  • The day commemorates the legacy of Louis Braille, who invented the Braille system in 1824 at the age of 15.
  • The 2025 celebration also coincided with his 216th birth anniversary.
  • The observance aims to promote access to written communication, education, and opportunities for visually impaired communities worldwide.

Additional Information

  • Louis Braille was born on January 4, 1809, in Coupvray, France. A childhood accident caused him to lose his eyesight by age 5.
  • At age 12, he learned about “night writing,” a 12-dot code created by French Army officer Charles Barbier, which inspired his system.
  • Braille’s first book, “Method of Writing Words, Music, and Plain Songs by Means of Dots,” was published in 1829 for use by the blind.
  • He passed away at the age of 43 on January 6, 1852, but his invention transformed global communication for visually impaired individuals.
  • Braille uses a 6-dot matrix arranged in a 3x2 format, representing letters, numbers, and symbols read through touch.
26

DigiLocker, a flagship initiative under the Digital India program aimed at providing citizens with a secure platform to store and access important documents digitally, is developed by which organisation responsible for promoting e-governance in India?

  1. ((a))

    Ministry of Home Affairs

  2. ((b))

    National e-Governance Division

  3. ((c))

    NITI Aayog

  4. ((d))

    Unique Identification Authority of India

  5. ((e))

    National Informatics Centre

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

National e-Governance Division

The correct answer is National e-Governance Division (NeGD).

In News

  • DigiLocker, under the Digital India program, is developed and managed by the National e-Governance Division (NeGD) to provide a secure digital document storage and sharing platform for Indian citizens.

Key Points

  • DigiLocker is a key initiative of the Government of India’s Digital India program launched to empower citizens with digital document management.
  • The platform enables storage, access, and sharing of government-issued documents and certificates in a digital locker linked to the Aadhaar identity.
  • It is developed and maintained by the National e-Governance Division (NeGD), an autonomous arm under the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY).
  • The National e-Governance Division (NeGD) also provides technical and policy support to various e-governance projects across India.
  • DigiLocker enhances citizen convenience by eliminating the need for physical document submission during various services.
  • The initiative promotes paperless governance, improves transparency, and facilitates secure data exchange among departments.
  • DigiLocker complies with security standards and includes features like digital signatures and secure access.

Additional Information

  • National e-Governance Division (NeGD) operates under the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), India.
  • DigiLocker leverages Aadhaar-based authentication to provide secure access to documents.
  • The platform supports digital sharing of documents with government and private agencies, reducing fraud risk.
  • NeGD also oversees other e-governance initiatives like the Common Services Centres (CSC) and e-District projects.
  • DigiLocker was launched in 2015 and has since expanded to include over hundreds of government departments and private service providers.
27

Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND) entered into a strategic Memorandum of Understanding with a key regulatory authority. This collaboration aims to reinforce mechanisms related to Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Combating the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) through enhanced information-sharing and joint coordination. With which regulatory authority did FIU-IND sign this MoU to boost financial security and regulatory cooperation?

  1. ((a))

    Securities and Exchange Board of India

  2. ((b))

    Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India

  3. ((c))

    Reserve Bank of India 

  4. ((d))

    Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority 

  5. ((e))

    Ministry of Corporate Affairs

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India

The correct answer is Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI).

In News

  • On January 6, 2025, FIU-IND signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) to strengthen cooperation in AML and CFT within the insurance sector.

Key Points

  • The MoU facilitates timely sharing of intelligence and information on suspicious financial activities between FIU-IND and IRDAI.
  • Clear reporting procedures for suspicious transactions under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002, are established for insurance sector entities.
  • Both organizations will conduct training programs to enhance the skills of personnel in regulated insurance entities on AML/CFT risks and detection.
  • Risk assessments will be regularly conducted to identify vulnerabilities and strengthen compliance within the insurance sector.
  • The agreement mandates the appointment of a nodal officer and an alternate nodal officer by each party to coordinate activities effectively.
  • FIU-IND functions under the Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance, and collects intelligence on offenses under PMLA.
  • IRDAI is a statutory body supervising and developing the insurance sector, formed under the IRDA Act, 1999.

Additional Information

  • FIU-IND serves as the central national agency for receiving, processing, and analyzing suspicious transaction reports (STRs).
  • The PMLA, 2002, is the key legislation to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing in India.
  • IRDAI regulates insurance companies, intermediaries, and protects policyholder interests.
  • The MoU aims to improve transparency and effectiveness of AML/CFT mechanisms in insurance.
  • Collaborations like this strengthen India’s compliance with global anti-money laundering standards.
  • IRDAI
  • Established in - 1999
  • HQ - Hyderabad
28

In the context of the hallmarking scheme in India under the BIS Rules 2018, which of the following statements about compensation for gold jewellery found below the declared purity is/are correct?

  1. The seller is legally obligated to pay twice the value of the difference in purity based on the weight of the gold article to the buyer as compensation.
  2. The buyer is not entitled to recover any testing charges paid to verify the purity of the gold jewellery from the seller.
  3. The compensation provisions for purity shortfall are specified under Section 49, sub-rule (1) of the BIS Rules, 2018, aimed at protecting consumer interests.
  1. ((a))

    Only 1

  2. ((b))

    Both 1 and 3

  3. ((c))

    Only 3

  4. ((d))

    Both 1 and 2

  5. ((e))

    All 1, 2 and 3

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Both 1 and 3

The correct answer is Both 1 and 3.

In News

  • The hallmarking scheme in India under BIS Rules, 2018, mandates compensation if gold jewellery does not meet declared purity standards.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 – Correct: BIS Rules, 2018 under Section 49 requires the seller to pay a compensation amounting to twice the value of the difference in purity calculated on the weight of the gold article sold.
  • **Statement 2 – Incorrect:**The buyer is entitled to reimbursement for any testing charges incurred for purity verification, as part of the compensation.
  • Statement 3 – Correct: The detailed compensation mechanism is explicitly provided under sub-rule (1) of Rule 49 of BIS Rules, 2018, to safeguard consumers from adulteration risks.
  • Hallmarking protects consumers by ensuring legal standards of fineness are maintained by manufacturers of gold and silver jewellery.
  • The seller’s liability extends to compensating buyers promptly if purity falls short of declared standards, maintaining trust in the industry.
  • The inclusion of testing charges reimbursement incentivizes consumers to verify purity without financial hesitation.
  • Hallmark certification by BIS is an assurance of authenticity and compliance with Indian purity norms for precious metals.

Additional Information

  • Hallmarking Scheme initiated by BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) certifies purity standards of gold and silver jewellery in India.
  • The scheme originally started with gold and later extended to silver to curb adulteration and protect consumer rights.
  • Section 49 of BIS Rules, 2018 consolidates the compensation framework for buyers in case of purity shortfall.
  • Consumers are encouraged to check for hallmark certification before purchasing to ensure product authenticity.
  • The scheme promotes transparency and ensures accountability by legal enforcement of purity standards and compensation.
29

During the restructuring of Regional Rural Banks in India, three existing rural banks were merged under the provisions of the Regional Rural Bank Act, 1976 to form a new entity. This newly created RRB operates with the sponsorship of the State Bank of India and plays a key role in empowering rural credit delivery in its region. Which of the following Regional Rural Banks has its head office located in Sagar after this merger?

  1. ((a))

    Rewa-Sidhi Gramin Bank

  2. ((b))

    Sharda Gramin Bank

  3. ((c))

    Madhyanchal Gramin Bank

  4. ((d))

    Bundelkhand Gramin Bank

  5. ((e))

    Damoh-Panna-Sagar Regional Rural Bank

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Madhyanchal Gramin Bank

The correct answer is Madhyanchal Gramin Bank.

In News

  • Madhyanchal Gramin Bank was formed by merging Madhya Bharat Gramin Bank, Rewa-Sidhi Gramin Bank, and Sharda Gramin Bank under the Regional Rural Bank Act, 1976, with its head office in Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, sponsored by State Bank of India.

Key Points

  • Madhyanchal Gramin Bank is a Regional Rural Bank operating in 13 districts of Madhya Pradesh with headquarters in Sagar.
  • The bank was established by merging three RRBs—Madhya Bharat Gramin Bank, Rewa-Sidhi Gramin Bank, and Sharda Gramin Bank—under the Regional Rural Bank Act, 1976.
  • Sponsor Bank of Madhyanchal Gramin Bank is State Bank of India, which holds 35% share of the bank’s capital.
  • The Government of India holds 50% share while the Government of Madhya Pradesh holds 15% share in the bank.
  • Madhya Bharat Gramin Bank itself was formed by merging three SBI-sponsored banks: Damoh-Panna-Sagar RRB, Shivpuri-Guna RRB, and Bundelkhand Gramin Bank in 2006.
  • Recent consolidation initiatives by the Department of Financial Services (DFS) under the ‘One State-One RRB’ policy have further integrated RRBs to improve efficiency.
  • The mergers reduced the total number of RRBs nationwide from 43 to 28 and aim for better financial inclusion and rural credit delivery.

Additional Information

  • The Regional Rural Bank Act, 1976 supports establishment and regulation of RRBs to provide banking services in rural areas.
  • The ‘One State-One RRB’ policy aims to strengthen regional rural banks by consolidating multiple banks within states.
  • State Bank of India is the sponsor bank of Madhyanchal Gramin Bank, providing managerial and financial support.
  • The jurisdiction of Madhyanchal Gramin Bank covers districts including Damoh, Sagar, Shivpuri, Guna, and others within Madhya Pradesh.
  • The capital structure of RRBs involves contributions from the central government, sponsor bank, and state government.
30

Nirmala Sitharaman announced an extension of “Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM)” till 2028 with outlay of Rs 67,000 Cr. Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM), an ambitious initiative aimed at providing Functional Household Tap Connections (FHTC) and ensuring safe drinking water access to all rural households, was launched in which year under the Ministry of Jal Shakti?

  1. ((a))

    2017

  2. ((b))

    2020

  3. ((c))

    2021

  4. ((d))

    2019

  5. ((e))

    2018

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

2019

The correct answer is 2019.

In News

  • Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM) was launched in 2019 to provide every rural household Functional Household Tap Connections and ensure 55 litres per capita per day of safe drinking water.

Key Points

  • JJM was launched with the goal of providing tap water to all rural households by 2024, recently extended to 2028 due to implementation challenges.
  • The mission focuses on quality infrastructure, sustainable operation, and community-led management through “Jan Bhagidari” (people’s participation).
  • Village Water & Sanitation Committees (VWSCs), also known as Pani Samitis, play a crucial role ensuring 50% women participation.
  • JJM is implemented by the Ministry of Jal Shakti’s Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation and subsumed the earlier National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP).
  • The funding pattern varies: 90:10 for Himalayan and North-Eastern states, 100% central funding for Union Territories, and 50:50 cost-sharing for other states.
  • By 2025, 80% of rural households had gained piped water access, with several states and UTs achieving 100% coverage.
  • Challenges include infrastructure gaps, cost overruns, underutilization of funds, and delays due to external disruptions such as COVID-19 and global material price hikes.

Additional Information

  • JJM aims to ensure 55 litres per capita per day of potable water supply to every rural household.
  • Implementation challenges necessitated extension of the target year from 2024 to 2028.
  • “Jan Bhagidari” engages local communities to foster ownership and operational sustainability.
  • Technological tools such as IoT monitoring and GIS mapping are used for progress tracking and transparency.
  • The mission prioritizes women’s leadership in water governance for inclusive community development.
31

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has decided to introduce a new interest rate benchmark called the Secured Overnight Rupee Rate (SORR) to replace MIBOR. The committee that recommended this change and reviewed interest rate benchmarks in India was headed by whom?

  1. ((a))

    Shaktikanta Das

  2. ((b))

    Ramanathan Subramanian

  3. ((c))

    Urjit Patel

  4. ((d))

    Bimal Jalan

  5. ((e))

    Duvvuri Subbarao

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Ramanathan Subramanian

The correct answer is Ramanathan Subramanian.

In News

  • The RBI has decided to float a new interest rate benchmark—Secured Overnight Rupee Rate (SORR)—based on secured money market transactions, replacing the Mumbai Interbank Outright Rate (MIBOR).

Key Points

  • SORR will be based on secured money market transactions, including market repo and tri-party repo (TREPS), covering 98% of overnight money market transactions.
  • It is designed to be a more robust and representative benchmark of the overnight market funding rate compared to the call money market.
  • The new benchmark is being developed with the support of Financial Benchmarks India Limited (FBIL).
  • The committee on Mumbai Interbank Outright Rate (MIBOR) benchmark recommended the change to SORR.
  • Ramanathan Subramanian, Executive Director of RBI, headed the committee reviewing the interest rate benchmarks.
  • The committee observed that benchmarks based on collateralized transactions like repos are less vulnerable and better suited for interest rate derivatives and hedging purposes.
  • SORR is expected to replace MIBOR, which has been in use since 1998.

Additional Information

  • The call money market involves unsecured lending between banks, whereas secured money markets involve transactions backed by collateral.
  • Market repo and tri-party repo (TREPS) are the major components of secured money markets in India.
  • Financial Benchmarks India Limited (FBIL) is responsible for administering financial benchmarks in the country.
  • MIBOR has served as a key reference rate for various financial instruments including interest rate swaps.
  • Transitioning to SORR aligns India’s benchmarks with global best practices for robustness and transparency.
  • RBI
  • Established in - 1935
  • HQ - Mumbai
  • Governor - Sanjay Malhotra
32

The Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI), established on April 2, 1990, functions as the principal financial institution dedicated to the promotion, financing, and development of the MSME sector across the country. Over the years, SIDBI has played a crucial role in strengthening the MSME ecosystem through credit support, refinancing, and developmental initiatives. What percentage stake does the Government of India currently hold in SIDBI?

  1. ((a))

    15.65%

  2. ((b))

    20.85%

  3. ((c))

    13.33%

  4. ((d))

    9.36%

  5. ((e))

    25.00%

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

20.85%

The correct answer is 20.85%.

In News

  • SIDBI, set up under an Act of Indian Parliament in 1990, is the principal financial institution for promotion, financing, and development of the MSME sector with Indian government holding 20.85% stake.

Key Points

  • SIDBI was established on April 2, 1990, under the Small Industries Development Bank of India Act, 1989 to promote and finance MSMEs in India.
  • The Indian government holds a 20.85% equity stake in SIDBI, making it a significant shareholder.
  • Other major stakeholders include State Bank of India (SBI) with 15.65%, Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) with 13.33%, and NABARD with 9.36% shares.
  • SIDBI not only finances MSMEs but also coordinates functions of institutions engaged in similar activities toward MSME development.
  • SIDBI plays a key role in strengthening the MSME ecosystem through refinance, direct finance, and promotional support.
  • The bank also facilitates policy advocacy, market development, and capacity building for MSMEs.
  • The diversified shareholding ensures a wide base of institutional support and stakeholder engagement in SIDBI’s operations.

Additional Information

  • SIDBI functions under the Department of Financial Services, Ministry of Finance, Government of India.
  • The MSME sector contributes significantly to India’s GDP and employment generation, supported by SIDBI’s initiatives.
  • SIDBI’s activities include credit delivery, unsecured loans, venture capital, and microfinance support.
  • It also promotes technological upgradation and exports from MSMEs.
  • The bank is headquartered in Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India.
33

In the recently released Global Power City Index (GPCI) 2024 by Japan's Mori Memorial Foundation, which evaluates and ranks the world's major cities for their ability to attract people, capital, and enterprises, and expanded its evaluation from 30 to 48 cities this year, which Indian city was the only one to feature in the ranking, and what was its position on the list?

  1. ((a))

    Delhi, 40th

  2. ((b))

    Bengaluru, 45th

  3. ((c))

    Chennai, 42nd

  4. ((d))

    Mumbai, 48th

  5. ((e))

    Kolkata, 46th

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Mumbai, 48th

The correct answer is Mumbai, 48th.

In News

  • Mumbai is the only Indian city featured in the Global Power City Index (GPCI) 2024, ranking 48th among the 48 major global cities evaluated by the Mori Memorial Foundation.

Key Points

  • Global Power City Index (GPCI) evaluates cities worldwide on their comprehensive power to attract people, capital, and businesses using six urban functions.
  • The six urban functions assessed include Economy, Research and Development, Cultural Interaction, Livability, Environment, and Accessibility.
  • The index expanded its evaluation in 2024 from 30 to 48 cities, reflecting growing global urban diversity.
  • London maintained its top position, followed by New York, Tokyo, Paris, and Singapore in the top five rankings.
  • Dubai is the only Middle Eastern city in the top 10, securing the 8th rank for the second consecutive year.
  • Mumbai, as the sole representative from India, ranked last (48th) in the 2024 GPCI list.
  • The GPCI serves to guide city-level planning, policy-making, and investment decisions through detailed analysis of urban strengths and challenges.

Additional Information

  • The highest possible total score on the GPCI is 2,600 points, derived from 26 indicator groups consisting of 70 indicators.
  • The index reflects city magnetism, measuring the ability to attract global talent and investment across diverse sectors.
  • Mumbai’s ranking reflects challenges and opportunities in enhancing its global competitiveness and livability.
  • The GPCI is published annually by the Mori Memorial Foundation's Institute for Urban Strategies based in Japan.
  • Urban planners and policymakers use the index results to benchmark progress and identify areas for improvement.
34

The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) Charter Day is annually observed on 8th December to commemorate the signing of the SAARC Charter in 1985 during the inaugural SAARC Summit held in Dhaka, Bangladesh. 8th December 2024 marks the 40th observance of SAARC Charter Day. Who is the current Secretary-General of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) as of 2025?

  1. ((a))

    Md. Golam Sarwar

  2. ((b))

    Arjun Bahadur Thapa

  3. ((c))

    Esala Ruwan Weerakoon

  4. ((d))

    Suvira Jha

  5. ((e))

    Kerstin Lundgren

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Md. Golam Sarwar

The correct answer is Md. Golam Sarwar.

In News

  • Md. Golam Sarwar from Bangladesh is the current Secretary-General of SAARC, with Nepal holding the SAARC Chairmanship in 2025.

Key Points

  • SAARC was established in 1985, bringing together eight South Asian countries to promote regional cooperation and development.
  • The Secretariat of SAARC is located in Kathmandu, Nepal, established in 1987.
  • Md. Golam Sarwar took charge as the Secretary-General, representing Bangladesh as of 2025.
  • The SAARC Chairmanship rotates among member states; Nepal currently holds this position in 2025.
  • SAARC Charter outlines objectives, structure, and financial arrangements of the organization.
  • The association covers 3% of world land area, 21% of world population, and accounts for approximately 5.21% of the global economy.
  • SAARC conducts summits typically every two years, with the most recent in Kathmandu, 2014, and important specialized bodies such as the SAARC Development Fund (SDF) and South Asian University.

Additional Information

  • SAARC member countries include Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • The organization works on economic, social, cultural, technical, and scientific cooperation.
  • Specialized agencies under SAARC, such as SARCO and SARSO, focus on dispute resolution and standards respectively.
  • The association faces challenges including political tensions, impacting summit regularity and cooperation.
  • The Secretary-General is appointed for a three-year term by the member states.
35

The Marine Products Export Development Authority (MPEDA), established under the Parliament Act of 1972, plays a pivotal role in promoting, regulating, and supporting the export of marine products from India by working closely with fisheries, seafood processors, and exporters. Where is the headquarters of the Marine Products Export Development Authority (MPEDA) located?

  1. ((a))

    Mumbai, Maharashtra

  2. ((b))

    Veraval, Gujarat

  3. ((c))

    Chennai, Tamil Nadu

  4. ((d))

    Kochi, Kerala

  5. ((e))

    Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Kochi, Kerala

The correct answer is Kochi, Kerala.

In News

  • The Marine Products Export Development Authority (MPEDA), established in 1972, has its headquarters at Kochi, Kerala, and is tasked with promoting and developing India's marine products export industry.

Key Points

  • MPEDA was formed by merging the Marine Products Export Promotion Council with a statutory authority under the MPEDA Act, 1972.
  • The authority's headquarters is located in Kochi, Kerala, and operates numerous regional offices across India, including Veraval, Mumbai, and Visakhapatnam.
  • MPEDA works to promote, regulate, and develop marine product exports, including off-shore fishing, processing standards, and quality control.
  • It also facilitates registration of fishing vessels, processing plants, and exporters, along with collecting industry statistics.
  • MPEDA manages multiple laboratories for quality control, including five full-fledged laboratories across different states.
  • The organization plays a vital role in conservation, sustainable fishing, and export market development for marine products.
  • Its functions are governed under the MPEDA Act, enacted in 1972, with operational rules made by the Central Government.

Additional Information

  • MPEDA promotes the export of marine products, contributes to employment generation, and supports sustainable fishing practices.
  • It works closely with various government departments, industry stakeholders, and international agencies.
  • Its activities include training, standard setting, market promotion, and inspection for quality assurance.
  • The authority’s regional offices enable outreach and support to exporters at various ports and coastal states.
  • MPEDA also facilitates the registration of vessels and processing plants as part of its regulatory functions.
36

The Union Cabinet has approved the second phase of the Vibrant Villages Programme (VVP-II) aimed at the comprehensive development of strategic villages along all International Land Borders, except those already covered under VVP-I. What is the total budget outlay approved for VVP-II for the period FY25 to FY29?

  1. ((a))

    Rs 6,000 crore

  2. ((b))

    Rs 6,839 crore

  3. ((c))

    Rs 7,500 crore

  4. ((d))

    Rs 8,200 crore

  5. ((e))

    Rs 9,000 crore

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rs 6,839 crore

The correct answer is Rs 6,839 crore.

In News

  • The Union Cabinet approved the second phase of the Vibrant Villages Programme (VVP-II) with a total budget allocation of Rs 6,839 crore for FY25 to FY29 to develop strategic villages along all International Land Borders.

Key Points

  • VVP-II targets the comprehensive development of villages along International Land Borders in 17 states and union territories, excluding the northern border covered under VVP-I.
  • The programme will receive 100% funding from the Government of India as it is a Central Sector Scheme.
  • Implementation includes infrastructure development, value chain formation through cooperatives and SHGs, education facilities, and livelihood creation.
  • All-weather road connectivity in these villages will be provided under the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana IV (PMGSY-IV) managed by the Ministry of Rural Development.
  • A High-Powered Committee led by Cabinet Secretary T. V. Somanathan will oversee guideline relaxations for effective implementation in border areas.
  • The program emphasizes saturation of individual and household welfare schemes and connectivity in themes like roads, telecom, TV, and electrification through convergence.
  • VVP-II promotes local culture and vibrancy via awareness camps, fairs, festivals, and national day celebrations.

Additional Information

  • The first phase of VVP focused on villages along the northern border regions including Arunachal Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, and Ladakh.
  • VVP-II expands the developmental focus to border villages in states like Assam, Bihar, Gujarat, Jammu & Kashmir, and West Bengal among others.
  • The scheme aligns with GoI’s vision of Viksit Bharat@2047 emphasizing safe, secured and vibrant land borders.
  • Technology resources such as Prime Minister Gati Shakti-National Master Plan (PMGS-NMP) databases will be utilized to enhance implementation efficiency.
  • The Ministry of Home Affairs is the nodal ministry responsible for the Vibrant Villages Programme.
37

Most of the post office Small Savings Schemes (SSCs) in India, including popular options such as the National Savings Certificate (NSC), Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS), Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana (SSY), and Public Provident Fund (PPF), offer attractive tax benefits to encourage household savings and long-term financial planning. Under which section of the Income Tax Act, 1961, are these Small Savings Schemes primarily eligible for deductions?

  1. ((a))

    Section 80D

  2. ((b))

    Section 80C

  3. ((c))

    Section 80E

  4. ((d))

    Section 80TTA

  5. ((e))

    Section 80G

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Section 80C

The correct answer is Section 80C.

In News

  • Most Small Savings Schemes managed by the Government of India, including NSC, SCSS, SSY, and PPF, offer tax benefits under Section 80C of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

Key Points

  • Small Savings Schemes (SSCs) encourage regular savings among citizens by providing safe investment instruments managed by the Government of India.
  • SSCs fall into three broad categories: savings deposits, social security schemes, and monthly income plans.
  • Interest rates for SSCs are notified quarterly by the Government of India based on recommendations from expert committees, including the Shyamala Gopinath Committee in 2023.
  • The Shyamala Gopinath Committee recommended that SSC interest rates be set between 25 to 100 basis points above yields on corresponding government bonds.
  • Tax benefits under Section 80C of the Income Tax Act, 1961, apply to several post office savings schemes such as the National Savings Certificate (NSC), Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS), Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana (SSY), and Public Provident Fund (PPF).
  • Section 80C allows individuals to claim deductions up to certain limits on investments made in these eligible savings schemes.
  • The Ministry of Finance’s Department of Economic Affairs releases monthly economic reviews highlighting growth projections and fiscal measures impacting these schemes.

Additional Information

  • The Income Tax Act, 1961, specifies various sections under Chapter VI-A to encourage savings and investments by providing tax deductions.
  • Section 80C is the most widely used tax-saving provision with a deduction limit of Rs 1.5 lakh per year.
  • National Savings Certificate (NSC) is a fixed income investment scheme with a 5-year or 10-year tenure.
  • Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) is designed for individuals aged 60 and above to promote retirement savings.
  • Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana (SSY) is a savings scheme aimed at the girl child to support education and marriage expenses.
  • Public Provident Fund (PPF) is a long-term savings scheme with tax-exempt interest and maturity proceeds.
38

The “Global Forest Watch” report, which monitors global forest cover change and provides data like India’s tree cover loss and gain, carbon emissions, and fire-related forest loss from 2001 to 2023, was developed by which organisation known for its environmental initiatives in partnership with Google and USAID?

  1. ((a))

    United Nations Environment Programme 

  2. ((b))

    Greenpeace International

  3. ((c))

    World Resources Institute

  4. ((d))

    International Union for Conservation of Nature

  5. ((e))

    World Wildlife Fund

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

World Resources Institute

The correct answer is World Resources Institute (WRI).

In News

  • The “Global Forest Watch” monitoring project, which revealed key findings about India’s tree cover loss and gain and net carbon sink, is an initiative developed by the World Resources Institute (WRI) in partnership with Google and USAID.

Key Points

  • Global Forest Watch (GFW) uses satellite technology and data analytics to monitor global forest cover changes in near real-time.
  • The data shows India lost 2.33 million hectares of tree cover from 2001 to 2023, a 6% decrease, with significant tree cover loss in northeastern states.
  • India gained 1.88 million hectares of tree cover, contributing 1.4% to the global total gain.
  • Forests in India act as a net carbon sink, removing 141 million tons of CO2 annually while emitting 51 million tons due to forest loss.
  • Tree cover loss from fires and other drivers has been significant, with Odisha losing the most area annually due to fires.
  • GFW is a joint initiative launched in 2014, involving WRI, Google, USAID, and other partners, focusing on forest conservation and sustainable management.
  • The initiative supports policymakers, researchers, and environmentalists by providing transparent and accessible forest data.

Additional Information

  • World Resources Institute (WRI) is a global research organization focusing on environment, economic development, and sustainability.
  • GFW leverages open data, remote sensing, and cloud computing to provide up-to-date forest monitoring globally.
  • USAID supports international development projects including environmental conservation and climate resilience.
  • GFW data aids in tracking deforestation, forest degradation, and helps enforce policies for forest protection.
  • The initiative emphasizes collaboration among governments, NGOs, and local communities for sustainable forest management.
39

Bluesky, a social media platform known for enabling users to post short messages with features similar to Twitter, was initially conceived as an internal research project within Twitter. Who was the Twitter CEO responsible for launching the Bluesky project back in 2019 with the idea of giving users more control over their content?

  1. ((a))

    Elon Musk

  2. ((b))

    Jack Dorsey

  3. ((c))

    Jay Graber

  4. ((d))

    Jeremie Miller

  5. ((e))

    Mike Masnick

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Jack Dorsey

The correct answer is Jack Dorsey.

In News

  • Bluesky was originally launched in 2019 as an internal research project within Twitter by then Twitter CEO, Jack Dorsey, aimed at giving users more control over their social media content.

Key Points

  • Bluesky is a microblogging platform that allows users to post short-form messages supporting text and images, similar in functionality and design to Twitter.
  • The platform's concept began in 2019 as a Twitter internal project under the leadership of Jack Dorsey, who wanted to create an open social protocol for public conversation.
  • The logos for Twitter (a bird) and Bluesky (a butterfly) share similarities, reflecting the project's origin within Twitter.
  • Although Bluesky became an independent company in 2021, it remained financially dependent on Twitter until late 2022.
  • Jay Graber took over as CEO in August 2021 and continues to lead Bluesky as an independent entity.
  • Board members include Jeremie Miller (inventor of Jabber/XMPP), Mike Masnick, and Kinjal Shah, while Jack Dorsey left the board in May 2024.
  • The Bluesky project reflects ongoing efforts to innovate social media with decentralization and user control at its core.

Additional Information

  • Jack Dorsey is co-founder and former CEO of Twitter, known for initiating several innovation projects at the company.
  • Bluesky’s mission focuses on building an open, decentralized social media protocol to foster free and fair public discourse.
  • Jay Graber, a software engineer, led the project after becoming CEO and continues to develop the platform as an independent entity.
  • Bluesky utilizes features like curated feeds, topic selection, and easy sharing to enhance user experience.
  • The platform aims to provide an alternative social media environment emphasizing control, privacy, and decentralized governance.
40

LIC’s Saral Jeevan Bima Plan is a standard, pure-risk life insurance product designed to offer simple and affordable financial protection to the policyholder’s family in case of an unfortunate event. This plan allows individuals to choose from various premium payment options and policy terms while ensuring a guaranteed benefit to the nominee during the policy term. What is the minimum Basic Sum Assured that an individual can opt for under this Saral Jeevan Bima Plan?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 2,00,000

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 3,00,000

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 4,00,000

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 5,00,000

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 6,00,000

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Rs. 5,00,000

The correct answer is Rs. 5,00,000.

In News

  • LIC’s Saral Jeevan Bima Plan provides financial protection with a minimum Basic Sum Assured of Rs. 5,00,000, offering flexible premium payment options and policy terms.

Key Points

  • The plan is a Non-Linked, Non-Par, Individual, Pure Risk Life Insurance product protecting the insured’s family against death during the policy term.
  • The minimum Basic Sum Assured available under the plan is Rs. 5,00,000 and the maximum is Rs. 25,00,000, in multiples of Rs. 50,000.
  • Policyholders can choose from Single Premium, Regular Premium, or Limited Premium Payment options with respective premium paying terms.
  • For Limited Premium Payment, the premium paying term options are 5 years or 10 years.
  • Policy terms range from 5 to 40 years, with entry age limits from 18 to 65 years and maximum maturity age of 70 years.
  • Premium payment terms vary based on the premium option: Regular premium equals policy term, limited premium is either 5 or 10 years, and single premium is payable as a lump sum.
  • The plan offers benefit of High Sum Assured Rebate and can be purchased online or offline through licensed agents and brokers.

Additional Information

  • Saral Jeevan Bima is designed for straightforward financial protection without investment or savings components.
  • It complements other insurance products such as annuities and Unit Linked Insurance Plans (ULIPs).
  • The plan is suitable for individuals seeking affordable pure life insurance cover with flexible tenure and premium options.
  • LIC is India’s largest insurance company and offers various individual and group insurance products.
  • Non-Linked Non-Par plans do not participate in profits and have fixed benefits as per policy terms.
  • LIC
  • Established in - 1956
  • HQ - Mumbai
41

In the context of ICRISAT's initiatives to combat aquatic weed infestation, which of the following statements is/are correct?

  1. ICRISAT has created low-cost (under ₹2 lakh) solar-powered machines to help rural areas remove water hyacinth.
  2. Water hyacinth is an invasive weed that harms water bodies by blocking sunlight, reducing oxygen, and overpowering native plants.
  3. The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) is founded through a Memorandum of Agreement between the Government of India and CGIAR.
  1. ((a))

    Both 1 and 3

  2. ((b))

    Only 1

  3. ((c))

    Only 3

  4. ((d))

    Both 1 and 2

  5. ((e))

    All 1, 2 and 3

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Both 1 and 3

The correct answer is Both 1 and 3.

In News

  • ICRISAT developed solar-powered water hyacinth harvesters costing less than ₹2 lakh to provide an affordable solution for weed management in rural areas.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 – Correct: ICRISAT’s solar-powered water hyacinth harvesting machines are designed to address the rapid growth of aquatic weeds that cause ecological and economic damage.
  • Statement 2 – Incorrect: Water hyacinth adversely affects water quality by blocking sunlight, reducing oxygen, and disrupting biodiversity, not aiding ecosystem health.
  • Statement 3 – Correct: The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) is founded through a Memorandum of Agreement between the Government of India and CGIAR (Consortium of International Agricultural Research Centers)
  • Founded in 1972 through an agreement between the Government of India and CGIAR, ICRISAT operates mainly in Africa and Asia.
  • Headquartered at Patancheru near Hyderabad, it collaborates with various national and international agricultural institutions.
  • In addition to developing weed control methods, ICRISAT has digital tools like the Plantix app to diagnose crop issues.
  • Controlling aquatic weeds involves multiple methods, including mechanical harvesting, biological, chemical, and manual approaches.

Additional Information

  • Water hyacinth is an invasive aquatic plant known for its fast growth, which hampers aquatic ecosystems by reducing biodiversity and increasing water treatment costs.
  • ICRISAT works to develop sustainable solutions for water management and crop resilience in dryland regions.
  • The agency partners with several research institutions, including the Indian Council of Agricultural Research.
  • Addressing aquatic weeds like water hyacinth is crucial for ecological health, water accessibility, and economic stability in rural areas.
42

Under the Credit Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme (CLCSS) for Technology Upgradation, which is aimed at providing financial assistance to Small Scale Industries (SSI) units including khadi, tiny, village, and coir industries, what is the percentage of upfront capital subsidy provided by the Government of India on the institutional finance availed for adopting modern and well-established technologies?

  1. ((a))

    10%

  2. ((b))

    12%

  3. ((c))

    15%

  4. ((d))

    18%

  5. ((e))

    20%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

15%

The correct answer is 15%.

In News

  • The Credit Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme (CLCSS) under the Ministry of Small Scale Industries (SSI) offers a 15% upfront capital subsidy on the institutional finance availed by SSI units to support technology upgradation.

Key Points

  • CLCSS provides financial support for technology modernization in SSI units, including khadi, tiny, village, and coir sectors.
  • The scheme offers an upfront 15% capital subsidy on the value of institutional finance availed for adopting well-established modern technologies.
  • Eligible sectors under this scheme include biotech, pharmaceuticals, leather, food processing, cosmetics, steel furniture, and ready-made garments among others.
  • SIDBI and NABARD serve as the nodal agencies for scheme implementation, supported by nine public sector banks including SBI, Canara Bank, and Bank of Baroda.
  • The scheme helps SSI units enhance production efficiency, product quality, and competitiveness in domestic and international markets.
  • Financial assistance under CLCSS reduces the financial burden on units investing in advanced technology adoption.
  • The scheme aims to enable SSI enterprises to upgrade their production infrastructure and technologies to meet evolving market demands.

Additional Information

  • The Ministry of Small Scale Industries (SSI) promotes MSME sector development and modernization through schemes like CLCSS.
  • Technological upgradation improves productivity, quality, and market acceptance for SSI products.
  • Nodal banks and government agencies facilitate credit linkages and subsidy disbursement under the scheme.
  • CLCSS encourages adoption of energy-efficient and environment-friendly technologies.
  • Successful implementation contributes to employment generation and sustainable industrial growth.
43

Which of the following countries are correctly matched with their respective major stock market indexes, widely recognized as benchmarks representing their equity markets?

  1. India - NIFTY 50
  2. United States - NASDAQ
  3. Japan - Nikkei 225
  4. United Kingdom - FTSE 100
  5. Germany - DAX
  1. ((a))

    1, 2, and 3 only

  2. ((b))

    1, 3, 4, and 5 only

  3. ((c))

    2, 3, and 5 only

  4. ((d))

    1, 2, 4 only

  5. ((e))

    All of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

All of the above

The correct answer is All of the above.

In News

  • Major global stock market indexes represent the performance of countries’ equity markets, with India represented by NIFTY 50, the US by NASDAQ, Japan by Nikkei 225, the UK by FTSE 100, and Germany by DAX.

Key Points

  • NIFTY 50 is the flagship stock market index in India representing the National Stock Exchange’s top 50 companies based on market capitalization.
  • NASDAQ Composite Index is a prominent US stock index consisting primarily of technology and growth-oriented companies.
  • Nikkei 225 is a price-weighted stock market index for the Tokyo Stock Exchange in Japan.
  • FTSE 100 comprises the 100 largest companies listed on the London Stock Exchange and represents the UK equity market’s performance.
  • DAX is the German stock market index covering 40 major companies trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.
  • These indexes serve as barometers for their respective economies and are widely followed by investors globally.
  • The indexes represent different sectors and play a critical role in global investment and financial markets.

Additional Information

  • NIFTY 50 was launched in 1996 and has become a benchmark for Indian stock market performance.
  • NASDAQ was founded in 1971 and includes many tech giants such as Apple, Microsoft, and Amazon.
  • Nikkei 225 is widely used to assess the economic health of Japan and reflects market sentiment there.
  • FTSE 100 is managed by the FTSE Group, a subsidiary of the London Stock Exchange.
  • DAX is considered one of Europe’s most important indices and includes multinational corporations.
44

The Udyam Registration Number (URN) is a unique identification code assigned to Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises under the provisions of the MSME Development Act, 2006, enabling eligible businesses to access a wide range of government schemes, incentives, and support systems.  How many digits are contained in the Udyam Registration Number issued to MSMEs?

  1. ((a))

    10 digits

  2. ((b))

    12 digits

  3. ((c))

    14 digits

  4. ((d))

    16 digits

  5. ((e))

    18 digits

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

16 digits

The correct answer is 16 digits.

In News

  • The Udyam Registration Number (URN) is a 16-digit unique registration number assigned to MSMEs upon registration under the MSME Act, 2006, facilitating access to various government support and schemes.

Key Points

  • The URN is generated when an MSME completes registration via the official government portal under the MSME Development Act, 2006.
  • The 16-digit URN is a unique digital identification that helps MSMEs avail benefits under various government schemes, loans, and support programs.
  • It replaces older registration methods, making processes more transparent, efficient, and accessible to MSMEs nationwide.
  • MSMEs with URN can access government subsidies, collateral-free loans, and various other benefits aimed at fostering growth and competitiveness.
  • The URN is issued by the Ministry of MSME (MoMSME) and is mandatory for MSMEs seeking government support or participating in formal financial schemes.
  • The scheme aims to streamline MSME registration, enhance data accuracy, and promote ease of doing business for small and medium enterprises across India.

Additional Information

  • The MSME Scheme promotes digital registration and microenterprise development under the Make in India initiative.
  • Having a URN is essential for MSMEs to benefit from government schemes like collateral-free loans, capital subsidies, and export support programs.
  • The portal for MSME registration is accessible online, simplifying the process for entrepreneurs and micro-enterprise owners.
  • URD plays a pivotal role in data collection, monitoring, and policy formulation for MSME sector growth in India.
  • MSME registration under URN also supports tracking and boosting exports, employment, and industrial decentralization.
45

According to the World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index (LPI) 2023, India has improved its overall rank by 6 places to reach 38th position out of 139 countries. The LPI measures logistics performance based on six key parameters. Which of the following is not one of the six key parameters considered under the LPI?

  1. ((a))

    Tracking and tracing consignments

  2. ((b))

    Customs efficiency

  3. ((c))

    Infrastructure

  4. ((d))

    Quality of logistics services

  5. ((e))

    Environmental sustainability

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Environmental sustainability

The correct answer is Environmental sustainability.

In News

  • India improved its Logistics Performance Index (LPI) rank to 38th in 2023, up from 44th in 2018, evaluated across six parameters excluding environmental sustainability.

Key Points

  • LPI 2023 assesses logistics performance of 139 countries based on six parameters: Customs, Infrastructure, International shipments ease, Logistics competence and quality, Tracking and tracing, and Timeliness.
  • India shares the 38th rank with countries like Lithuania, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, and Türkiye.
  • The government’s initiatives such as PM Gati Shakti and National Logistics Policy aim to improve multimodal connectivity and logistics efficiency.
  • India’s improvements in infrastructure, international shipments, and timeliness contributed significantly to its LPI ranking.
  • Customs and border management processes impact the ease and speed of trade logistics evaluated by the LPI.
  • Tracking and tracing technology and logistics services quality are important for supply chain reliability.
  • Environmental sustainability is not a parameter in the current World Bank LPI assessment.

Additional Information

Top 5 Economies over LPI 2023RankScore
Singapore14.3
Finland24.2
Denmark34.1
Germany34.1
Netherlands34.1
India383.4
  • The LPI is a biennial report developed by the World Bank to benchmark logistics performance worldwide.
  • India’s rise in ranking reflects investments in trade infrastructure, digitalization, and policy reforms.
  • Logistics performance is crucial for economic growth, trade competitiveness, and attracting investments.
  • PM Gati Shakti National Master Plan and National Logistics Policy are key government initiatives supporting infrastructure and efficiency improvements.
46

During the 11th Annual Meeting of the Forum of the Election Management Bodies of South Asia (FEMBoSA), the Election Commission of India formally handed over the chairmanship to another member country’s election authority for the 2021–22 term. Which nation's Election Commission is currently serving as the Chair of FEMBoSA for the year 2021–22?

  1. ((a))

    Election Commission of India

  2. ((b))

    Election Commission of Pakistan

  3. ((c))

    Election Commission of Sri Lanka

  4. ((d))

    Election Commission of Bangladesh

  5. ((e))

    Election Commission of Bhutan

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Election Commission of Bhutan

The correct answer is Election Commission of Bhutan.

In News

  • The Election Commission of India handed over the chairmanship of the Forum of the Election Management Bodies of South Asia (FEMBoSA) to the Election Commission of Bhutan for the term 2021-22 during the 11th Annual meeting of FEMBoSA.

Key Points

  • FEMBoSA was established at the 3rd Conference of Heads of Election Management Bodies (EMBs) of SAARC countries in 2012.
  • SAARC comprises eight member states: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • The 11th Annual FEMBoSA meeting was hosted by the Election Commission of Bhutan at Thimphu.
  • During this meeting, the chairmanship tenure was extended from one year to two years due to the pandemic situation, adopting the Thimphu Resolution.
  • The theme of the meeting was ‘Use of Technology in Elections,’ focusing on making elections more participative, accessible, and transparent, especially considering COVID-19 measures.
  • FEMBoSA aims to enhance cooperation among the SAARC election management bodies on areas of common interest.
  • The logo of FEMBoSA, with golden pearls, symbolizes values of transparency, impartiality, democracy, and cooperation.

Additional Information

  • FEMBoSA serves as a regional forum representing a large democratic population across South Asia.
  • The forum facilitates sharing of best practices, capacity building, and mutual support among SAARC election bodies.
  • Election Commissions coordinate through FEMBoSA to uphold election standards and transparency in the region.
  • Technology has become a key area of focus to improve electoral processes and voter engagement.
  • FEMBoSA’s initiatives complement broader SAARC goals of regional cooperation and democracy strengthening.
47

India is recognized as the largest producer, consumer, and exporter of spices globally, supplying a wide variety of spices to over 200 countries. According to the latest data for the financial year 2024-25, which country is the largest importer of Indian spices, contributing the highest value in imports?

  1. ((a))

    Germany

  2. ((b))

    United States of America

  3. ((c))

    China

  4. ((d))

    United Arab Emirates

  5. ((e))

    Bangladesh

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

China

The correct answer is China.

In News

  • China is the largest importer of Indian spices, having imported spices worth US$192.40 million during the financial year 2024-25 (up to June 2024).

Key Points

  • India produced 11.14 million tonnes of spices in 2022-23, reflecting steady growth and its dominant role in the global spice market.
  • India grows approximately 75 of the 109 ISO-recognized spices varieties, with key spices including chilli, cumin, turmeric, ginger, and coriander.
  • Major spice-producing Indian states include Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Karnataka, and others.
  • India exports spices to over 200 destinations, with China, USA, Bangladesh, UAE, Malaysia, UK, Thailand, Saudi Arabia, and Germany accounting for over 60% of export earnings.
  • China leads as the largest importer for Indian spices valued at US192.40millionfollowedbytheUSAwithUS192.40 million followed by the USA with US156.32 million, and Bangladesh with US$90.75 million.
  • Chilli is India’s top export spice by value, contributing 31% of total spice exports.
  • India’s spice industry faces challenges from global competition and quality concerns but continues to innovate and expand with government support.

Additional Information

  • India’s spice exports were valued at nearly USD 4.4 billion in the financial year 2023-24.
  • Spices infrastructure includes crop-specific Spices Parks facilitating processing, packaging, and quality enhancement.
  • The Spices Board of India promotes spice production, standardization, and global marketing.
  • India’s diverse agro-climatic zones enable cultivation of a wide range of spices.
  • International customers are increasingly drawn to Indian spices for quality, variety, and medicinal benefits.
48

In the fiscal year 2024, Syama Prasad Mookerjee Port, Kolkata (SMP Kolkata), which includes the Kolkata Dock System (KDS) and Haldia Dock Complex (HDC), achieved a record in cargo handling. What was the total cargo handled by the port, and which dock contributed the highest tonnage, setting a new record for SMP Kolkata?

  1. ((a))

    60.2 million metric tonnes, with HDC handling 69.54 MMT

  2. ((b))

    66.4 million metric tonnes, with KDS handling 59.54 MMT

  3. ((c))

    66.4 million metric tonnes, with HDC handling 49.54 MMT

  4. ((d))

    70.1 million metric tonnes, with KDS handling 55.3 MMT

  5. ((e))

    66.4 million metric tonnes, with equal contribution from KDS and HDC

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

66.4 million metric tonnes, with HDC handling 49.54 MMT

The correct answer is 66.4 million metric tonnes, with HDC handling 49.54 MMT.

In News

  • In FY24, Syama Prasad Mookerjee Port, Kolkata achieved a record cargo handling of 66.4 million metric tonnes, with Haldia Dock Complex setting a record at 49.54 MMT.

Key Points

  • SMP Kolkata comprises two main dock systems: Kolkata Dock System (KDS) and Haldia Dock Complex (HDC).
  • In FY24, the port handled a total of 66.4 million metric tonnes of cargo, up 1.11% from the previous record.
  • HDC handled 49.54 million metric tonnes, setting a new record for cargo processed.
  • KDS managed 16.856 million metric tonnes during the same period.
  • Financially, SMP Kolkata showed a net surplus of US$ 60.2 million (Rs. 501.73 crore), registering a 65% growth over the previous year.
  • The port is focusing on enhancing capacity through Public-Private Partnership projects, with investments worth US$ 57.6 million already awarded.
  • Major projects completed in FY24 include drainage network development and energy-efficient infrastructure implementations.

Additional Information

  • The port has shown consistent growth and operational efficiency in handling container and bulk cargoes.
  • SMP Kolkata supports trade for eastern and northeastern India, including landlocked neighbors like Nepal and Bhutan.
  • Strategic focus on sustainability and modern technology is enhancing the port’s competitiveness.
  • Public-Private Partnerships are prioritized to expedite infrastructural developments and capacity expansions.
  • Leadership at SMP Kolkata credits collective efforts of port employees, stakeholders, and supporting agencies for the port’s success.
49

The National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA), established on 1st October 2018 under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, functions as an independent regulatory body to oversee matters related to accounting and auditing standards in India. What is the minimum paid-up capital requirement for unlisted public companies to be governed by NFRA regulations?

  1. ((a))

    ₹100 crore

  2. ((b))

    ₹250 crore

  3. ((c))

    ₹500 crore

  4. ((d))

    ₹1,000 crore

  5. ((e))

    ₹5,000 crore

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

₹500 crore

The correct answer is ₹500 crore.

In News

  • Unlisted public companies with a minimum paid-up capital of ₹500 crore fall under the regulatory purview of the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA).

Key Points

  • NFRA was formed in 2018 under Section 132(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, to regulate and improve the quality of auditing and financial reporting in India.
  • In addition to listed companies, unlisted public companies with paid-up capital of ₹500 crore or more, turnover of ₹1,000 crore or more, or loans, deposits, and debentures of ₹500 crore or more come under NFRA.
  • The authority has powers to investigate professional misconduct of auditors and ensure compliance with accounting and auditing standards.
  • NFRA functions under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and is headquartered in New Delhi.
  • This enhances accountability and transparency in corporate financial governance for large companies.
  • NFRA’s jurisdiction also extends to banking companies, insurance companies, power companies, and certain subsidiaries of Indian companies abroad.

Additional Information

  • NFRA helps bridge audit oversight gaps left by self-regulatory bodies like the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).
  • The authority can impose penalties, issue directions, and debar auditors for professional misconduct.
  • By upholding high standards, NFRA promotes investor confidence and strengthens corporate financial discipline.
  • Compliance with international standards such as IFRS and ISA is encouraged under NFRA supervision.
  • The chairperson of NFRA is appointed by the Central Government and has a fixed tenure or age limit.
50

Under the Mahila Kisan Sashaktikaran Pariyojana (MKSP), a sub-component of the National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM), which government ministry is responsible for its implementation, focusing on empowering women in agriculture through investments to enhance their participation and productivity?

  1. ((a))

    Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare

  2. ((b))

    Ministry of Women and Child Development

  3. ((c))

    Ministry of Rural Development

  4. ((d))

    Ministry of Tribal Affairs

  5. ((e))

    Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Ministry of Rural Development

The correct answer is the Ministry of Rural Development.

In News

  • MKSP is implemented by the Department of Rural Development under the Ministry of Rural Development, focusing on empowering rural women farmers by increasing their participation and productivity in agriculture.

Key Points

  • MKSP enhances women’s productive participation in agriculture by providing access to inputs, government schemes, and capacity building.
  • It works to create sustainable agriculture-based livelihoods and improves food and nutrition security at household and community levels.
  • Women constitute a significant portion of the agricultural workforce but face barriers in accessing extension services, credit, and subsidies, which MKSP aims to reduce.
  • The program encourages the formation of women self-help groups (SHGs) and promotes managerial skills for biodiversity and resource management.
  • MKSP operates through state rural livelihoods missions and collaborates with NGOs and other stakeholders.
  • The mission supports diverse rural activities including crop production, allied agriculture, value addition, and market linkages.

Additional Information

  • Women represent about 48% of the agricultural workforce in India, many from marginalized communities.
  • MKSP contributes to poverty alleviation and women’s empowerment by addressing gender-specific constraints in agriculture.
  • The scheme integrates with larger rural development and livelihood programs to maximize impact.
  • Capacity building under MKSP includes training on sustainable farming, financial literacy, and entrepreneurship.
  • MKSP has positively impacted income generation and social status of many rural women beneficiaries.

General English (40 questions)

51

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

Deconstruction is always a double movement of _______ affirmation and _______.

  1. ((a))

    Structural, creation

  2. ((b))

    Simultaneous, undoing

  3. ((c))

    Ambiguity, inherent

  4. ((d))

    Equivocation, contradiction

  5. ((e))

    Internal, inconsistencies

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Simultaneous, undoing

The correct answer is 'Simultaneous, undoing'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence discusses "Deconstruction," which is a philosophical concept by Jacques Derrida, and it refers to a dual process.
  • The correct words are "Simultaneous" and "undoing", which capture the essence of deconstruction as a process involving simultaneous affirmation and negation.
  • Other options like "Structural, creation" or "Equivocation, contradiction" do not fit the context of the philosophical framework of deconstruction.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Sentence: Deconstruction is always a double movement of simultaneous affirmation and undoing.

Additional Information

  • Structural: Related to the arrangement or organization of parts.
  • Equivocation: The use of ambiguous language to conceal the truth or mislead.
  • Ambiguity: The quality of being open to more than one interpretation.
  • Inconsistencies: Lack of agreement or harmony.
52

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

The _______ that the fetus is a human being and killing it is _______ to killing a person is not logically sound.

  1. ((a))

    Premise, akin

  2. ((b))

    Argument, profanity

  3. ((c))

    Syllogism, noting

  4. ((d))

    Standard, admitting

  5. ((e))

    Possibility, unlike

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Premise, akin

The correct answer is 'Option 1'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "premise" refers to a previous statement or proposition from which another is inferred or follows as a conclusion.
  • The word "akin" means similar or related in essence.
  • The statement logically fits with the combination of "premise" and "akin" to express that the argument is not logically sound.
  • The other options like "argument, profanity," "syllogism, noting," "standard, admitting," and "possibility, unlike" fail to convey the intended logical meaning.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Sentence: The premise that the fetus is a human being and killing it is akin to killing a person is not logically sound.

Additional Information

  • Argument: Refers to a reason or set of reasons given in support of an idea, but does not fit logically here.
  • Syllogism: A form of reasoning in which a conclusion is drawn from two premises, but doesn’t suit the context.
  • Standard: Refers to a level of quality or attainment, but it does not relate to the logical soundness of the statement.
  • Possibility: Refers to something that may happen or be the case, but is not relevant to the meaning of the statement.
53

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

History, it had been said, is the _______ of _______ biographies.

  1. ((a))

    Essence, innumerable

  2. ((b))

    Boasting, noble

  3. ((c))

    Distinguished, printing

  4. ((d))

    Propensity, finest

  5. ((e))

    Precipitate, fortunate

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Essence, innumerable

The correct answer is 'Essence, innumerable'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "Essence" means the intrinsic nature or indispensable quality of something, especially something abstract, which determines its character (सार).
  • History is often viewed as the essence of innumerable biographies, meaning it is the core or foundation derived from countless individual stories.
  • The other options: "Boasting," "Distinguished," "Propensity," and "Precipitate" do not fit the context as appropriately.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Sentence: History, it had been said, is the essence of innumerable biographies.

Additional Information

  • Boasting (घमंड): means talking with excessive pride about oneself or achievements.
  • Distinguished (प्रसिद्ध): means famous or celebrated.
  • Propensity (प्रवृत्ति): means a natural tendency to behave in a certain way.
  • Precipitate (अचानक): means causing something to happen suddenly or prematurely.
54

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

At midnight, however, I was _______ by the _______ of horse's hoofs in the yard.

  1. ((a))

    Woken, trip

  2. ((b))

    Shocked, wounds

  3. ((c))

    Calmed, courtesy

  4. ((d))

    Pacified, tranquil

  5. ((e))

    Aroused, tramp

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Aroused, tramp

The correct answer is 'Option 5'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "woken" means to be awakened, but "aroused" is more suitable here as it conveys being stirred or awakened suddenly.
  • The word "tramp" refers to the sound of heavy footsteps or hoofs, which fits perfectly in the given context.
  • Other options like "trip," "wounds," "courtesy," and "tranquil" do not fit the sentence meaningfully.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 5'.

Complete Sentence: At midnight, however, I was aroused by the tramp of horse's hoofs in the yard.

Additional Information

  • Woken: means to be awakened, but doesn't fit the context as strongly as "aroused."
  • Trip: means a stumble or fall, which doesn't fit the context.
  • Wounds: refers to injuries, which are irrelevant in this sentence.
  • Courtesy: refers to politeness, which doesn't align with the context.
  • Tranquil: means calm or peaceful, which doesn't describe the situation effectively.
55

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

Read not to _______, nor to believe, but to _______ and consider.

  1. ((a))

    Remark, examine

  2. ((b))

    Trust, ignore

  3. ((c))

    Evaluate, influence

  4. ((d))

    Contradict, weigh

  5. ((e))

    Presume, doubt

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Contradict, weigh

The correct answer is 'Option 4'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence emphasizes the purpose of reading, which is not to blindly believe or remark, but to weigh and consider.
  • Option 4 provides the most meaningful words: "contradict" and "weigh" fit the context appropriately.
  • Other options do not align properly with the intent of the statement.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Sentence: Read not to contradict, nor to believe, but to weigh and consider.

Additional Information

  • Remark: to comment or express an opinion, which is not the intended purpose of reading.
  • Trust: to rely on or believe, which does not fully align with the statement's purpose.
  • Evaluate: to judge or assess, but it lacks the depth required for the statement.
  • Presume: to assume something without proof, which doesn't fit the context.
56

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blanks to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

Brazil, which is nearly as large as the whole of Europe, is covered with a _______ of incredible _______.

  1. ((a))

    Greatness, temptation

  2. ((b))

    Vegetation, profusion

  3. ((c))

    Mantle, custards

  4. ((d))

    Government, wealth

  5. ((e))

    Impassive, grotesque

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Vegetation, profusion

The correct answer is 'Option 2'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "vegetation" refers to plants or plant life in a particular area. (वनस्पति)
  • The word "profusion" means an abundance or large quantity of something. (प्रचुरता)
  • Together, "vegetation" and "profusion" appropriately complete the sentence describing the vast and abundant plant life in Brazil.
  • The other options do not fit the context as accurately.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Sentence: Brazil, which is nearly as large as the whole of Europe, is covered with a vegetation of incredible profusion.

Additional Information

  • Greatness, temptation: These words do not describe plant life and abundance.
  • Mantle, custards: "Mantle" refers to a covering, but "custards" is unrelated to the context.
  • Government, wealth: These words are unrelated to describing plant life or abundance.
  • Impassive, grotesque: These words describe emotions or appearances, not vegetation or abundance.
57

Pick out the most effective words from the given words to fill in the blank to make the sentence meaningfully complete.

By conscience and _______, by deeds of devotion and daring, he soon _______ himself to his fellows and his officers.

  1. ((a))

    Compunction, commanded

  2. ((b))

    Courage, commended

  3. ((c))

    Pusillanimity, criticised

  4. ((d))

    Strength, sold

  5. ((e))

    Valour, counted

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Courage, commended

The correct answer is 'Option 2'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence states that by conscience and actions of devotion and daring, the subject gained respect and recognition.
  • The word "courage" fits well as it aligns with the sense of bravery and daring.
  • The word "commended" means praised or recognized, which fits appropriately in the context.
  • Other options do not fit the context:
  • Compunction: means a feeling of guilt or moral scruple, which is irrelevant here.
  • Pusillanimity: means a lack of courage, which contradicts the context.
  • Strength: although positive, it does not fit the given sentence.
  • Valour: means courage, but "counted" does not make sense in this context.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Sentence: By conscience and courage, by deeds of devotion and daring, he soon commended himself to his fellows and his officers.

Additional Information

  • Compunction: A feeling of guilt or moral scruple.
  • Pusillanimity: Lack of courage or determination; timidity.
  • Strength: The quality or state of being physically strong.
  • Valour: Great courage in the face of danger, especially in battle.
58

Select the phrase/connector from the given three options which can be used to form a single sentence from the two sentences given below, implying the same as expressed in the statement sentence.

Social stratification is a kind of social differentiation. Members of the society are grouped into socioeconomic strata.

  1. Whereby members of
  2. Whereas members of
  3. Which members of
  1. ((a))

    Only 1

  2. ((b))

    Only 2

  3. ((c))

    Only 3

  4. ((d))

    Both 1 and 2

  5. ((e))

    Both 1 and 3

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only 1

The correct answer is Only 1.

Key Points

  • The phrase which we should choose to connect the sentences is only 1.
  • 'Whereby' means 'by which'. So, the phrase 'Whereby members of' would appropriately connect the sentences.
  • 'Whereas' means 'in contrast with the fact'. We should not choose 'whereas' to connect these sentences as no meaningful sentence can be formed.
  • 'Which' is used to indicate something which is previously mentioned in a sentence. Clearly, the phrase is incorrect.

The sentence after using the phrase isSocial stratification is a kind of social differentiation whereby members of the society are grouped into socioeconomic strata.

Additional Information

Strata: rank or class

Stratification: the arrangement of something into groups

Differentiation: distinction or contrast

59

Phrases in the sentences given below are underlined.Choose the option which you feel can replace all of the underlined phrases.If there is no improvement needed,choose "No improvement required".

  1. She has called off me for some financial help for her mother's treatment.
  2. He has called forth us to stand by him to deal with the difficult situation.
  3. You should have called in the police when you saw the person hiding in your garden.
  1. ((a))

    Carry over

  2. ((b))

    Call on

  3. ((c))

    Move over

  4. ((d))

    Set out

  5. ((e))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Call on

The correct answer is option 2), i.e. Call on.

Key Points

The meaning of the phrase call on is to ask for help.

Example: They have called on the neighbours when they saw the thief.

The meaning of the other given phrases:

  • Carry over: To continue after a certain point.
  • Example: They have carried over the function into the evening because the chief guest could not arrive on time.
  • Move over: To adjust one's position
  • Example: The teacher told us to move over as we were loitering in the classroom.
  • Set out: To begin a journey
  • Example: We set out for the station in the morning.

 

Hence, option 2) is the answer.

60

Phrases in the sentences given below are underlined.Choose the option which you feel can replace all of the underlined phrases.If there is no improvement needed,choose "No improvement required".

  1. They eye up the state level championship.
  2. In order to drop by the inter school debate competition we need to enroll the name of the school.
  3. None expected that she will agree to fall apart the dance competition.
  1. ((a))

    End in

  2. ((b))

    Empty out

  3. ((c))

    Enter for

  4. ((d))

    Edge up

  5. ((e))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Enter for

The correct answer is option 3), i.e. Enter for.

Key Points

  • The meaning of the phrase enter for is to join a competition.
  • Example: Our school will enter for the inter school debate competition.
  • The meaning of the other given phrases:
  • End in: To finish in a specific way
  • Example: The function ended in a drama.
  • Empty out: Remove something
  • Example: She emptied out the papers from the bag.
  • Edge up: To come near 
  • Example: He edged up in front of her mother and told her everything.
  • Hence, option 3) is the answer.
61

Phrases in the sentences given below are underlined.Choose the option which you feel can replace all of the underlined phrases.If there is no improvement needed,choose "No improvement required".

  1. They have choked off food and clothes to help the flood victims.
  2. You should choose up money for your children.
  3. She could hardly made up anything for her and distributed what she had among her siblings.
  1. ((a))

    Put away

  2. ((b))

    Put off

  3. ((c))

    Set up

  4. ((d))

    Read over

  5. ((e))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Put away

The correct answer is option 1), i.e. Put away.

The meaning of the phrase put away is to save or store.

Example: She has a habit of putting away new pens.

The meaning of the other given phrases:

  • Put off: Postpone / to make someone not want to do something, or to make someone not like someone or something.
  • Example: The school has decided to put off the annual function this year.
  • Set up: To arrange
  • Example: I have set up the dinner according to my mother's instruction.
  • Read over: to read something quickly from the beginning to the end, especially to find mistakes
  • Example: I read over her article but could not understand it.

 

Hence, option 1) is the answer.

62

Phrases in the sentences given below are underlined.Choose the option which you feel can replace all of the underlined phrases.If there is no improvement needed,choose "No improvement required".

  1. She bring up the pink dress from the shop.
  2. The teacher had to chase up a boy from the class for the debate competition.
  3. It became difficult for the judges to chime in the best performer.
  1. ((a))

    Do over

  2. ((b))

    Bring up

  3. ((c))

    Look into

  4. ((d))

    Pick out

  5. ((e))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Pick out

The correct answer is option 4), i.e. pick out.

The meaning of the phrase pick out is to choose.

Example: Pick out the book you want to buy.

The meaning of the other given options:

  • Do over: To repeat
  • Example: You will have to do this over as you have made so many mistakes.
  • Bring up: To nurture a child
  • Example: She was brought up by her uncle.
  • Look into: to investigate / to try to find out about something
  • Example: The police officer promised us to look into the matter.

 

Hence, option 4) is the answer.

63

Phrases in the sentences given below are underlined.Choose the option which you feel can replace all of the underlined phrases.If there is no improvement needed,choose "No improvement required".

1.He broke through the comments of the critics and started writing another novel.

2.If you keep capping off the issue you will be in trouble.

3.You must cling on the people who detest you.

  1. ((a))

    Come along

  2. ((b))

    Brush off

  3. ((c))

    Fall back

  4. ((d))

    Fly at

  5. ((e))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Brush off

The correct answer is option 2), i.e. Brush off.

The meaning of the phrase brush off is ignore / to refuse to consider what someone says, or to not admit that something may be true or important.

Example: He brushed off the question asked by his friend.

The meaning of the other given phrases:

  • Come along: To arrive somewhere
  • Example: She has promised to come along tomorrow.
  • Fall back: To retreat or withdraw
  • Example: They will fall back if they fail to execute the plan.
  • Fly at: To attack
  • Example: The thief had flown at the man and ran away.

 

Hence, option 2) is the answer.

64

In the following sentence, one phrase has been printed in bold. Below the sentence, three meanings are given. Select the correct meaning of the phrase from the options given below.

The promotion cuts both ways because though I'll make more money, I'll have to be away from my family more often.

A. Cut something

B. Have both good and bad effects

C. Have various sides

  1. ((a))

    Only A

  2. ((b))

    Only B

  3. ((c))

    Only C

  4. ((d))

    Both A and B

  5. ((e))

    Both B and C

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only B

The correct answer is option 2 i.e Only B.

Key Points

Reading the given sentence and that statements we find that:

  • We can see that there is both an advantage(s/he will make more money) and a disadvantage(s/he won't get much time with the family) the speaker will face because of the promotion.
  • The phrase 'cut both ways' means (of an action or process) have both good and bad effects.
  • Only option B which is Have both good and bad effects and is in accordance with the meaning of the emboldened phrase 'cuts both ways'.

Hence, the correct answer is Only B which is Option 2.

65

In the sentences, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to H, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words that need(s) to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful.

a. The agnostic (A) in emerging markets is hardly surprising (B) as the tightening (C) of monetary policy by the U.S. Federal Reserve has traditionally (D) caused the turning of the global credit cycle.

b.  While it is acknowledged (E) that Electric Vehicles contribute to improving (F) urban air quality, the government policy should take into account the life-cycle impact (G) of the product and be turbulence (H) to the underlying technology.

  1. ((a))

    D-G

  2. ((b))

    C-H

  3. ((c))

    B-C

  4. ((d))

    A-H

  5. ((e))

    No replacement required.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A-H

The correct answer is A-H.

Key Points

Let us look at the sentences in the following way:

a. The _____ (A) in emerging markets is hardly ______ (B) as the _______ (C) of monetary policy by the U.S. Federal Reserve has ______ (D) caused the turning of the global credit cycle.

b.  While it is ______ (E) that Electric Vehicles contribute to_______ (F) urban air quality, the government policy should take into account the life-cycle ______ (G) of the product and be _______ (H) to the underlying technology.

  • Turbulence: a state of confusion without any order*.* The sentence 'a' talks about the confusion that arises in emerging markets. Thus, 'turbulence' goes perfectly well with the context. Also, the use of 'agnostic' here gives an absurd meaning. Hence, (A) must be swapped.
  • Agnostic: refers to persons not inclined toward religious belief or a particular form of religious belief*.* Since, we are talking about the governmental policy for Electric vehicles that shouldn't be inclined towards a belief of having an underlying (evident only on close inspection) technology, 'agnostic' fits perfectly well with the context. Hence, (H) must be swapped.

Additional Information

<br>

Meanings of the words given in bold are:

  • Surprising: unexpected; of a nature that makes you surprise.
  • Tightening: the introduction of rigorous reductions in spending
  • Traditionally: as part of a long-established custom, practice, or belief; typically
  • Acknowledged: recognized or made known or admitted
  • Improving: To raise to a more desirable or more excellent quality or condition; make better
<br>

a. The turbulence (A) in emerging markets is hardly surprising (B) as the tightening (C) of monetary policy by the U.S. Federal Reserve has traditionally (D) caused the turning of the global credit cycle.

<br> <br>

b.  While it is acknowledged (E) that Electric Vehicles contribute to improving (F) urban air quality, the government policy should take into account the life-cycle impact (G) of the product and be agnostic (H) to the underlying technology.

66

In the sentences, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to H, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words that need(s) to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful.

<br>

a. India is reviewing (A) an audit report on data practices (B) of WhatsApp Inc. to ensure rudimentary (C) with local rules before permitting a nationwide debut (D) of the company’s long-delayed payments service.

b. Handset makers are racing (E) to launch their first smartphones with folding (F) screens but analysts warn that the technology is still too compliance(G) and expensive to woo (H) consumers in large numbers for now.

  1. ((a))

    A-H

  2. ((b))

    C-G

  3. ((c))

    C-G and A-H

  4. ((d))

    C-F

  5. ((e))

    No replacement required.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

C-G

The correct answer is C-G.

Key Points

Let us look at the sentences in the following way:

<br>

a. India is _______ (A) an audit report on data ________ (B) of WhatsApp Inc. to ensure ________ (C) with local rules before permitting a nationwide _______ (D) of the company’s long-delayed payments service.

<br>

b.  Handset makers are ______(E) to launch their first smartphones with ________ (F) screens but analysts warn that the technology is still too ________(G) and expensive to _______(H) consumers in large numbers for now.

  • Compliance: the act of obeying an order, rule, or request*.* The sentence 'a' talks about an audit report based on WhatsApp Inc. data practices to comply with the local rules. Thus, 'compliance' goes perfectly well with the context. Hence, (C) must be swapped.
  • Rudimentary: Being in an early stage of development or having a simple form**.** Since, we know that technology can't be based on a rule, 'compliance' will not go with the context. The sentence 'b' says that the smartphones with folding screens are still thought to be less developed and expensive. Thus, 'rudimentary' fits well with the context. Hence, (G) must be swapped.

Additional Information

<br>

Meanings of the words given in bold are:

  • Reviewing: a formal assessment of something with the intention of instituting change if necessary
  • Practices: the actual application or use of an idea, belief, or method, as opposed to theories relating to it
  • Debut: the occasion when someone performs or presents something to the public for the first time
  • Racing: in competition
  • Woo: to try to persuade someone to support you or to use your business
<br>

a. India is reviewing (A) an audit report on data practices (B) of WhatsApp Inc. to ensure compliance (C) with local rules before permitting a nationwide debut (D) of the company’s long-delayed payments service.

<br>

b. Handset makers are racing (E) to launch their first smartphones with folding (F) screens but analysts warn that the technology is still too rudimentary (G) and expensive to woo (H) consumers in large numbers for now.

67

In the sentences, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to H, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words that need(s) to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful.

<br>

a. Three years since voting 52 per cent- 48 per cent to leave (A) the European Union, the United Kingdom is heading (B) towards a possible retaliation (C) over Brexit as most of the candidates vying (D) to succeed May are prepared to leave on October 31 without a deal.

b. The world can only breathe (E) a sigh of relief Trump refused to proceed (F) with a military strike despite being reportedly egged (G) on by hard- line advisors like National Security Advisor John Bolton and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to attack in crisis (H) for Iran’s US drone downing.

  1. ((a))

    B-G

  2. ((b))

    A-F

  3. ((c))

    A-G

  4. ((d))

    C-H

  5. ((e))

    No replacement required.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

C-H

The correct answer is C-H.

Key Points

Let us look at the sentences in the following way:

a. Three years since voting 52 per cent- 48 per cent to _______(A) the European Union, the United Kingdom is _______(B) towards a possible ________(C) over Brexit as most of the candidates _______(D) to succeed May are prepared to leave on October 31 without a deal.

b. The world can only ________(E) a sigh of relief Trump refused to _______(F) with a military strike despite being reportedly ________(G) on by hard- line advisors like National Security Advisor John Bolton and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to attack in _________(H) for Iran’s US drone downing.

  • Crisis: experiencing a time of great difficulty, danger, or suffering. The sentence 'a' talks about a time of great difficulty that the U.S is going to face or head towards. Thus, 'crisis' fits perfectly well with the context.
  • Retaliation: the act of hurting someone or doing something harmful to someone. Since, we imply that the advisors gave the suggestion that USA should attack Iran and they have also 'incited '(to influence someone for an activity of any kind, although it often refers to violent or uncontrolled behavior) the President to do so, 'retaliation' fits perfectly well with the context.

Additional Information

Meanings of the words given in bold are:

  • Leave: to go away from someone or something, for a short time or permanently
  • Heading: beginning of something; to be in a leading position
  • Vying: competing; contending
  • Breathe: to move air into and out of the lungs
  • Proceed: begin a course of action
  • Egged: to urge or influence someone to do something, often something mischievous

 a. Three years since voting 52 per cent- 48 per cent to leave (A) the European Union, the United Kingdom is heading (B) towards a possible crisis (C) over Brexit as most of the candidates vying (D) to succeed May are prepared to leave on October 31 without a deal.

 b. The world can only breathe (E) a sigh of relief Trump refused to proceed (F) with a military strike despite being reportedly egged (G) on by hard- line advisors like National Security Advisor John Bolton and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to attack in retaliation (H) for Iran’s US drone downing.

68

In the sentences, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to H, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words that need(s) to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful.

a. More than the recurrent (A) trend, this development shows that the frontier (B) of ‘hope’ that for long was associated (C) with Chief Minister Nitish Kumar might be crumbling (D).

b.The challenges faced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Nigerian President Muhammadu Buhari during their first terms were uncannily (E) similar: security against terror, monetary and fiscal conundrums (F), a communal and sectarian divide, chronic unemployment, rampant corruption, rural distress and a fragile (G) neighbourhood being the anti-incumbency (H) themes.

  1. ((a))

    B-E and C-H

  2. ((b))

    A-H 

  3. ((c))

    C-H and B-F

  4. ((d))

    A-D and D-G

  5. ((e))

    D-G

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

A-H 

The correct answer is option 2), i.e., A-H. 

Explanation 

​Let us look at the sentences in the following way:

a. More than the _________(A) trend, this development shows that the ______  (B) of ‘hope’ that for long was (C) with Chief Minister Nitish Kumar might be (D).

b. The challenges faced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Nigerian President Muhammadu Buhari during their first terms were__________(E) similar: security against terror, monetary and fiscal ______  (F) a communal and sectarian divide, chronic unemployment, rampant corruption, rural distress and a (G) neighbourhood being the__ (H) themes.

  • Anti-incumbency: Anti-incumbency is a sentiment in favour of voting out incumbent {(of an official or regime) currently holding office} politicians. 'Anti-incumbency' does not go with 'themes'. 'Anti-incumbency trend' makes perfect sense, and also fits the context of the sentence.
  • Recurrent: Occurring often or repeatedly. The challenges mentioned in sentence 'b' are the recurrent themes, as in, they occur repeatedly. So, 'recurrent themes' makes perfect sense, and also fits the context of the sentence.

Therefore, we need to interchange A and H to make the sentences correct.

Additional Information

  • Frontier: The extreme limit of understanding or achievement in a particular area.
  • Associated: (of a person or thing) connected with something else.
  • Crumbling: Breaking or falling apart into small fragments, especially as part of a process of deterioration.
  • Uncannily: In a strange or mysterious way, especially one that is unsettling.
  • Conundrums: Confusing and difficult problems or questions.
  • Fragile: (of an object) easily broken or damaged.

a.  More than the anti-incumbency (A) trend, this development shows that the frontier (B) of ‘hope’ that for long was associated (C) with Chief Minister Nitish Kumar might be crumbling (D). 

<br>

b. The challenges faced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Nigerian President Muhammadu Buhari during their first terms were uncannily (E) similar: security against terror, monetary and fiscal conundrums (F), a communal and sectarian divide, chronic unemployment, rampant corruption, rural distress and a fragile (G) neighbourhood being the recurrent (H) themes. 

The following sentences form a paragraph. The second and fifth sentences of the paragraph are given. The rest are numbered as P, Q, R, S and T. These five parts are not given in their proper order. Arrange them in the correct order to make the paragraph meaningful and then answer the questions given below.

P. The first translation into modern English was made by J. M. Kemble in 1837.

2. Two years later Nicolai Grundtvig made the first translation into a modern language, Danish.

Q. The English translation done by Francis B. Gummere in 1919 is out of copyright and freely available on several websites.

R. The more recent of these, in both prose and verse form, are also available today.

5. Since 1919, there have been many modern English translations.

S. Originally written in Old English, the first translation of the poem was into Latin by Thorkelin, in connection with his transcription of 1818.

T. In total, it is estimated that the epic poem has been translated about 65 times in English alone.

69

Which of the following should be the FIRST sentence in the correct order?

  1. ((a))

    P

  2. ((b))

    Q

  3. ((c))

    R

  4. ((d))

    S

  5. ((e))

    T

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

S

The correct answer is S.

Key Points

The first sentence of a paragraph introduces a topic. The second sentence usually provides more information about the first.

  • Here, the second sentence talks about 'translation of something'; so the first sentence must talk about the original version of something. This is only shown by sentence S. So, S must be the first sentence.
  • The third sentence must logically follow from the second sentence. When time-related references are made in the paragraph, close attention must be paid, as they can give clues regarding the order. Here, the first sentence mentions 1818 while the second mentions 'two years later', i.e., 1820. So, out of the remaining two time-related references, 1837, given by P must come first. P also talks about the first English translation, logically tying with the second sentence. So, P must be the third sentence.
  • The fifth sentence is given. The fourth, then, must be a preamble to it. Here, no other sentence but the other time-related reference, 1919 can be appropriate, as the fifth also mentions 'since 1919'.  So, Q must be the fourth sentence.
  • The sixth and seventh sentences would follow the earlier sentences, with the last giving some kind of conclusion to the above sentences. Out of the remaining sentences R and T, R uses the pronoun 'these' to refer to the translations mentioned before while T uses the phrase 'in total', summing up the whole paragraph. So, R must be the sixth sentence while T is the last sentence of the paragraph.

The correct order is SPQRT or S2PQ5RT.

70

Which of the following should be the THIRD sentence in the correct order?

  1. ((a))

    P

  2. ((b))

    Q

  3. ((c))

    R

  4. ((d))

    S

  5. ((e))

    T

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

P

The correct answer is P.

Key Points

The first sentence of a paragraph introduces a topic. The second sentence usually provides more information about the first.

  • Here, the second sentence talks about 'translation of something'; so the first sentence must talk about the original version of something. This is only shown by sentence S. So, S must be the first sentence.
  • The third sentence must logically follow from the second sentence. When time-related references are made in the paragraph, close attention must be paid, as they can give clues regarding the order. Here, the first sentence mentions 1818 while the second mentions 'two years later', i.e., 1820. So, out of the remaining two time-related references, 1837, given by P must come first. P also talks about the first English translation, logically tying with the second sentence. So, P must be the third sentence.
  • The fifth sentence is given. The fourth, then, must be a preamble to it. Here, no other sentence but the other time-related reference, 1919 can be appropriate, as the fifth also mentions 'since 1919'.  So, Q must be the fourth sentence.
  • The sixth and seventh sentences would follow the earlier sentences, with the last giving some kind of conclusion to the above sentences. Out of the remaining sentences R and T, R uses the pronoun 'these' to refer to the translations mentioned before while T uses the phrase 'in total', summing up the whole paragraph. So, R must be the sixth sentence while T is the last sentence of the paragraph.

The correct order is SPQRT or S2PQ5RT.

71

Which of the following should be the FOURTH sentence in the correct order?

  1. ((a))

    P

  2. ((b))

    Q

  3. ((c))

    R

  4. ((d))

    S

  5. ((e))

    T

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Q

The correct answer is Q.

Key Points

The first sentence of a paragraph introduces a topic. The second sentence usually provides more information about the first.

  • Here, the second sentence talks about 'translation of something'; so the first sentence must talk about the original version of something. This is only shown by sentence S. So, S must be the first sentence.
  • The third sentence must logically follow from the second sentence. When time-related references are made in the paragraph, close attention must be paid, as they can give clues regarding the order. Here, the first sentence mentions 1818 while the second mentions 'two years later', i.e., 1820. So, out of the remaining two time-related references, 1837, given by P must come first. P also talks about the first English translation, logically tying with the second sentence. So, P must be the third sentence.
  • The fifth sentence is given. The fourth, then, must be a preamble to it. Here, no other sentence but the other time-related reference, 1919 can be appropriate, as the fifth also mentions 'since 1919'.  So, Q must be the fourth sentence.
  • The sixth and seventh sentences would follow the earlier sentences, with the last giving some kind of conclusion to the above sentences. Out of the remaining sentences R and T, R uses the pronoun 'these' to refer to the translations mentioned before while T uses the phrase 'in total', summing up the whole paragraph. So, R must be the sixth sentence while T is the last sentence of the paragraph.

The correct order is SPQRT or S2PQ5RT.

72

Which of the following should be the SIXTH sentence in the correct order?

  1. ((a))

    P

  2. ((b))

    Q

  3. ((c))

    R

  4. ((d))

    S

  5. ((e))

    T

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

R

The correct answer is R.

Key Points

The first sentence of a paragraph introduces a topic. The second sentence usually provides more information about the first.

  • Here, the second sentence talks about 'translation of something'; so the first sentence must talk about the original version of something. This is only shown by sentence S. So, S must be the first sentence.
  • The third sentence must logically follow from the second sentence. When time-related references are made in the paragraph, close attention must be paid, as they can give clues regarding the order. Here, the first sentence mentions 1818 while the second mentions 'two years later', i.e., 1820. So, out of the remaining two time-related references, 1837, given by P must come first. P also talks about the first English translation, logically tying with the second sentence. So, P must be the third sentence.
  • The fifth sentence is given. The fourth, then, must be a preamble to it. Here, no other sentence but the other time-related reference, 1919 can be appropriate, as the fifth also mentions 'since 1919'.  So, Q must be the fourth sentence.
  • The sixth and seventh sentences would follow the earlier sentences, with the last giving some kind of conclusion to the above sentences. Out of the remaining sentences R and T, R uses the pronoun 'these' to refer to the translations mentioned before while T uses the phrase 'in total', summing up the whole paragraph. So, R must be the sixth sentence while T is the last sentence of the paragraph.

The correct order is SPQRT or S2PQ5RT.

73

Which of the following should be the SEVENTH or last sentence in the correct order?

  1. ((a))

    P

  2. ((b))

    Q

  3. ((c))

    R

  4. ((d))

    S

  5. ((e))

    T

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

T

The correct answer is T.

Key Points

The first sentence of a paragraph introduces a topic. The second sentence usually provides more information about the first.

  • Here, the second sentence talks about 'translation of something'; so the first sentence must talk about the original version of something. This is only shown by sentence S. So, S must be the first sentence.
  • The third sentence must logically follow from the second sentence. When time-related references are made in the paragraph, close attention must be paid, as they can give clues regarding the order. Here, the first sentence mentions 1818 while the second mentions 'two years later', i.e., 1820. So, out of the remaining two time-related references, 1837, given by P must come first. P also talks about the first English translation, logically tying with the second sentence. So, P must be the third sentence.
  • The fifth sentence is given. The fourth, then, must be a preamble to it. Here, no other sentence but the other time-related reference, 1919 can be appropriate, as the fifth also mentions 'since 1919'.  So, Q must be the fourth sentence.
  • The sixth and seventh sentences would follow the earlier sentences, with the last giving some kind of conclusion to the above sentences. Out of the remaining sentences R and T, R uses the pronoun 'these' to refer to the translations mentioned before while T uses the phrase 'in total', summing up the whole paragraph. So, R must be the sixth sentence while T is the last sentence of the paragraph.

The correct order is SPQRT or S2PQ5RT.

74

Five statements are given below, labeled A, B, C, D, and E, among these, four statements are in a logical order and form a coherent paragraph/passage. From the given options, choose the option that does not fit into the theme of the passage.

  1. What the preliminary account of the fire and its aftermath suggests is a textbook case of poor attention to fire safety basics and, possibly, the absence of robust fire mitigation technologies.
  2. Observing that asset monetization is based on the principle of Value Creation for Government and investors, she said, "Our vision for Infrastructure is ultimate of, for, and by our States.
  3. Whatever the sequence of events, the unfortunate incident in the central part of a vibrant city has taken the lives of a group of first responders, including four firefighters, a police officer, and some railway staff.
  4. Apparently anxious to intervene, a group of personnel lost sight of their own safety and tried to speed up to the top floor of the building in a lift, perishing in the fire and smoke. The computerized booking system of the railway was paralyzed.
  5. Every instance of fire brings to the fore the problem of adopting an incremental approach to safety.
  1. ((a))

    1

  2. ((b))

    2

  3. ((c))

    3

  4. ((d))

    4

  5. ((e))

    5

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

2

The correct answer is option 2 

  • The theme of the coherent paragraph is about the problem of adopting an incremental approach to safety. it is given in sentence 5 that Every instance of fire brings to the fore the problem of adopting an incremental approach to safety.
  • In sentence 1 it is given that ' textbook case of poor attention to fire safety basics and, possibly, the absence of robust fire mitigation technologies..'
  • In sentence 3 it is given that 'the unfortunate incident in the central part of a vibrant city has taken the lives of a group of first responders, including four firefighters, a police officer, and some railway staff..' that is further information of sentence 1.
  • In sentence 4  it is given that  'a group of personnel lost sight of their own safety and tried to speed up to the top floor of the building in a lift.' It is similar to the theme of sentences 1 and 3.
  • In sentence 5  it is given that 'Every instance of fire brings to the fore the problem of adopting an incremental approach to safety.' that is the theme of the coherent paragraph.
  • Sentence 2 is talking about asset monetization which is completely different from the coherent paragraph.

Correct option: 'Observing that asset monetization is based on the principle of Value Creation for Government and investors, she said, "Our vision for Infrastructure is ultimate of, for and by our States.' 

75

Five statements are given below, labeled A, B, C, D, and E, among these, four statements are in a logical order and form a coherent paragraph/passage. From the given options, choose the option that does not fit into the theme of the passage.

  1. Three days into the second phase of the vaccination drive, there appears to be palpable enthusiasm among senior citizens, the focus of the exercise.
  2. About 8.4 lakh beneficiaries above 60 have been vaccinated so far as have 1.04 lakh over 45 with co-morbidities.
  3. These changes to the FDI policy implied that any foreign direct investment from Bangladesh, China, Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Bhutan, and Afghanistan needed prior government approval, irrespective of the FDI cap applicable to the sector.
  4. Well-publicized shots of the Prime Minister, Chief Ministers, Health Ministers, and other prominent public Ministers are not always indicative of the overall public confidence in the vaccines.
  5. Similarly, reports of technical glitches in registration and the inability to register do not reflect the fact that these aspects tend to smoothen out over time and people figure out what is optimal for them.
  1. ((a))

    1

  2. ((b))

    2

  3. ((c))

    3

  4. ((d))

    4

  5. ((e))

    5

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

3

The correct answer is option 3 

  • The theme of the coherent paragraph is about the second phase of the vaccination drive. It is given in sentence 1 that 'the second phase of the vaccination drive, there appears to be palpable enthusiasm among senior citizens, the focus of the exercise.'
  • In sentence 1 it is given that 'the second phase of the vaccination drive, there appears to be palpable enthusiasm among senior citizens, the focus of the exercise.'
  • In sentence 2 it is given that 'above 60 have been vaccinated so far as have 1.04 lakh over 45 with co-morbidities.' that is further information of sentence 1.
  • In sentence 4 is also the further information of second phase vaccination.
  • In sentence 5 is also the further information of problems coming in registration of second phase vaccination that is the theme of the coherent paragraph.
  • Sentence 3 is talking about FDI policy which is completely different from the coherent paragraph.

Correct option: 'These changes to the FDI policy implied that any foreign direct investment from Bangladesh, China, Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Bhutan, and Afghanistan needed prior government approval, irrespective of the FDI cap applicable to the sector.' 

Directions: Read the given passage carefully to answer the following questions. Each question will have five alternatives as its answer. Choose the correct option as your answer.

Climate change refers to long-term alterations in temperature, precipitation, wind patterns, and other elements of the Earth's climate system. This phenomenon is primarily driven by human activities, particularly the burning of fossil fuels, deforestation, and industrial processes, which have significantly increased the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. Since the Industrial Revolution, carbon dioxide levels have risen from about 280 parts per million to over 410 parts per million. This accumulation of greenhouse gases traps heat within the Earth's atmosphere, leading to a gradual increase in global temperatures—a phenomenon commonly referred to as global warming. The effects of climate change are far-reaching and diverse, impacting both natural ecosystems and human societies. One of the most significant consequences of climate change is the increase in extreme weather events. Hurricanes, heatwaves, and heavy rainfall have become more frequent and severe, posing substantial risks to life, property, and economic stability. For instance, the hurricanes that ravaged the Gulf of Mexico in recent years are believed to have been intensified by warmer ocean temperatures. Additionally, rising temperatures have caused polar ice caps and glaciers to melt at unprecedented rates, contributing to sea-level rise. The higher sea levels threaten coastal communities with flooding and ______________ of millions of people. Furthermore, ocean acidification, a direct result of increased carbon dioxide absorption by seawater, poses serious threats to marine life, especially coral reefs and shellfish. The agricultural sector is not immune to the impacts of climate change either. Changes in temperature and precipitation patterns can lead to reduced crop yields, affecting global food security. For instance, staple crops like wheat, rice, and maize may suffer in regions that become too warm or experience erratic rainfall. Mitigating the impacts of climate change requires a multifaceted approach. Reducing greenhouse gas emissions through cleaner energy sources, enhancing energy efficiency, and fostering sustainable land use practices are essential strategies. International agreements, such as the Paris Agreement, aim to unite countries in their efforts to limit global temperature rise and promote resilience against climate-related impacts. In conclusion, climate change is an urgent and complex global challenge. The science is clear, and the evidence is compelling: human activity is driving significant changes to our climate system. Addressing this issue requires concerted efforts from all sectors of society, with an emphasis on sustainable development and international cooperation.

76

According to the passage, which activity is primarily responsible for increasing the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere?

  1. ((a))

    Tourism

  2. ((b))

    Industrial Processes

  3. ((c))

    Space exploration

  4. ((d))

    Organic farming

  5. ((e))

    Artisanal mining

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Industrial Processes

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The passage identifies human activities as the primary drivers of increased greenhouse gases in the atmosphere.
  • Among the mentioned activities, industrial processes are highlighted as a major contributor along with the burning of fossil fuels and deforestation.
  • Besides industrial processes, other activities like tourism, space exploration, organic farming, and artisanal mining are not specifically mentioned.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Additional Information

  • Industrial processes, including manufacturing and chemical production, often involve the combustion of fossil fuels and the release of other harmful emissions.
  • Reducing emissions from industrial processes requires the adoption of cleaner technologies and more efficient production methods.
77

The passage states that one of the most significant consequences of climate change is:

  1. ((a))

    The decrease in biodiversity

  2. ((b))

    Increase in extreme weather events

  3. ((c))

    Reduction in global precipitation levels

  4. ((d))

    Universal improvement in agricultural yields

  5. ((e))

    Enhanced stability in wind patterns

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Increase in extreme weather events

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The passage highlights the increase in extreme weather events as one of the most significant consequences of climate change.
  • Examples of extreme weather events mentioned in the passage include hurricanes, heatwaves, and heavy rainfall.
  • These events have become more frequent and severe, posing substantial risks to life, property, and economic stability.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Additional Information

  • The passage does not emphasize a universal decrease in biodiversity, though it can be a consequence of climate change.
  • There is no mention of a reduction in global precipitation levels or universal improvement in agricultural yields due to climate change.
  • Improvements in wind pattern stability are not discussed in the context of significant consequences.
78

Which of the following sentences can be inferred about the role of international agreements in combating climate change?

A. They aim to enforce strict penalties on non-compliant countries.

B. They provide a framework for countries to collaborate on reducing emissions.

C. They are solely focused on reducing emissions from industrialized countries.

  1. ((a))

    Only A

  2. ((b))

    Only C

  3. ((c))

    Only B

  4. ((d))

    Both A and B

  5. ((e))

    Both B and C

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only B

The correct answer is 'Option 3'.

 

Key Points

  • A) They aim to enforce strict penalties on non-compliant countries.
  • This cannot be inferred from the passage. The passage does not mention anything about enforcing strict penalties on non-compliant countries.
  • B) They provide a framework for countries to collaborate on reducing emissions.
  • This can be inferred from the passage. The passage mentions that international agreements like the Paris Agreement aim to unite countries in their efforts to limit global temperature rise and promote resilience against climate-related impacts, which implies collaboration.
  • C) They are solely focused on reducing emissions from industrialized countries.
  • This cannot be inferred from the passage. The passage does not state that international agreements are solely focused on reducing emissions from industrialized countries.

Therefore, the correct answer is Only B.

 

Additional Information

  • Only A: Incorrect because A cannot be inferred from the passage.
  • Only C: Incorrect because C cannot be inferred from the passage.
  • Both A and B: Incorrect because A cannot be inferred from the passage.
  • Both B and C: Incorrect because C cannot be inferred from the passage.
79

The higher sea levels threaten coastal communities with flooding and ______________ of millions of people.

  1. ((a))

    The death

  2. ((b))

    Pollution

  3. ((c))

    Safety

  4. ((d))

    Displacement

  5. ((e))

    Prosperity

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Displacement

The correct answer is 'displacement'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "displacement" refers to the condition of being forced to leave one's home or place. (विस्थापन)
  • As sea levels rise, coastal communities may need to relocate, leading to the displacement of millions of people.
  • The other options: "death," "pollution," "safety," and "prosperity" do not fit the context as appropriately.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Sentence: The higher sea levels threaten coastal communities with flooding and displacement of millions of people.

Additional Information

  • Death (मृत्यु): the end of life.
  • Pollution (प्रदूषण): contamination of the environment.
  • Safety (सुरक्षा): the condition of being protected from harm.
  • Prosperity (समृद्धि): the state of being successful or thriving.
80

According to the passage, which of the following statements is incorrect?

A. Extreme weather events are becoming more frequent and severe.

B. Climate change does not affect agricultural yields.

C. Sea-level rise is a consequence of melting polar ice caps and glaciers.

  1. ((a))

    Only A

  2. ((b))

    Only B

  3. ((c))

    Only C

  4. ((d))

    A and B

  5. ((e))

    B and C

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only B

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Statement A: Extreme weather events are becoming more frequent and severe.
  • This statement is correct as it aligns with the passage, which states that extreme weather events such as hurricanes, heatwaves, and heavy rainfall have become more frequent and severe.
  • Statement B: Climate change does not affect agricultural yields.
  • This statement is incorrect as the passage explains that climate change affects agricultural yields due to changes in temperature and precipitation patterns.
  • Statement C: Sea-level rise is a consequence of melting polar ice caps and glaciers.
  • This statement is correct according to the passage, which states that rising temperatures have caused polar ice caps and glaciers to melt, contributing to sea-level rise.
  • Hence, Statement B is identified as incorrect in the context of the passage.

Therefore, the correct answer is: ‘Only B'

81

Which of the following words is similar in meaning to "intensified" in the context of the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Weakened

  2. ((b))

    Strengthened

  3. ((c))

    Relaxed

  4. ((d))

    Worsened

  5. ((e))

    Lightened

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Strengthened

The correct answer is: Option 2 i.e., Strengthened.

Key Points

  • The word "intensified" refers to making something stronger, more severe, or more extreme. (तेज़ करना)
  • Example: The pain in his leg intensified as he continued to walk.
  • "Strengthened" means to make or become stronger or more pronounced, which is similar to intensified. (मजबूत किया)
  • Example: The new policy strengthened the company's position in the market.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Strengthened.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Weakened (कमज़ोर): Reduced in strength or intensity.
  • Example: The storm weakened before reaching the coast.
  • Relaxed (आराम से): Made or become less tense or strict.
  • Example: She felt relaxed after the long vacation.
  • Worsened (बिगड़ना): Made or became worse.
  • Example: The patient's condition worsened overnight.
  • Lightened (हल्का किया): Made or became lighter in weight, color, or mood.
  • Example: The conversation lightened the tense atmosphere.
82

Which of the following words is similar in meaning to "threats" in the context of the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Opportunities

  2. ((b))

    Benefits

  3. ((c))

    Risks

  4. ((d))

    Comforts

  5. ((e))

    Assurances

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Risks

The correct answer is: Option 3 i.e., Risks.

Key Points

  • The word "threats" refers to the possibility of danger, harm, or adverse effects. (खतरे)
  • Example: The company faced many threats due to the economic crisis.
  • "Risks" means the likelihood of harm or loss; something that creates a possibility of danger. (जोखिम)
  • Example: Investing in the stock market carries certain risks.

In the context of the passage, "threats" and "risks" refer to potential harms or dangers related to climate change.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Risks.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Opportunities (अवसर): Favourable circumstances for achieving goals or progress.
  • Example: The new job offered many opportunities for growth.
  • Benefits (लाभ): Positive outcomes or advantages.
  • Example: Regular exercise has many health benefits.
  • Comforts (सुविधाएँ): Things that contribute to physical ease and well-being.
  • Example: The hotel provided all the comforts of home.
  • Assurances (आश्वासन): Statements or indications that inspire confidence or certainty.
  • Example: He gave assurances that the project would be completed on time.

Directions: Read the given passage carefully to answer the following questions. Each question will have five alternatives as its answer. Choose the correct option as your answer.

Scientific research plays a pivotal role in advancing our understanding of the natural world, particularly in the field of chemistry. One of the most significant areas of study within this discipline is the division and classification of elements, which are the foundational building blocks of matter. The periodic table, developed by Dmitri Mendeleev in 1869, represents a systematic arrangement of elements based on their atomic number, electron configurations, and recurring chemical properties. Elements are divided into several categories, including metals, nonmetals, and metalloids, each exhibiting distinct physical and chemical properties. Metals, which comprise the majority of known elements, are typically characterised by their lustre, malleability, ductility, and excellent conductivity of heat and electricity. Common examples of metals include iron, gold, and aluminium. Nonmetals, on the other hand, are generally poor conductors of heat and electricity and are not malleable or ductile. Examples of nonmetals include hydrogen, oxygen, and sulphur. Metalloids possess properties intermediate between metals and nonmetals and often serve as semiconductors in electronic devices. Silicon and arsenic are notable metalloids. Research into the properties of elements has uncovered numerous applications in everyday life and industry. For instance, the exceptional ________ of copper makes it invaluable for electrical wiring, while the high reactivity of fluorine is harnessed in the production of pharmaceuticals and pesticides. The noble gases, such as helium and neon, are utilised in lighting and cooling systems due to their inertness. Advances in scientific research have also led to the discovery of synthetic elements, which do not occur naturally. These man-made elements are created through nuclear reactions and have expanded our understanding of atomic structure and nuclear physics. The element technetium, for example, was the first synthetic element to be discovered and has since found applications in medical imaging. The process of scientific discovery is cumulative and iterative, relying on the meticulous work of researchers who build upon the findings of their predecessors. It involves hypothesis formulation, experimentation, observation, and refinement of theories. The development of new technologies, such as sophisticated spectroscopy techniques and particle accelerators, has enabled scientists to delve deeper into the properties and behaviours of elements at the atomic and subatomic levels. In conclusion, scientific research, particularly in the study of element division, continues to expand our understanding of the material universe. The periodic table not only classifies elements but also guides researchers in predicting chemical behaviours and discovering novel materials with remarkable properties. This ongoing quest for knowledge underscores the critical role of scientific inquiry in driving innovation and improving quality of life.

83

According to the passage, which of the following characteristics is typically associated with metals?

  1. ((a))

    Brittleness

  2. ((b))

    Poor conductivity of heat

  3. ((c))

    Malleability

  4. ((d))

    Non-reactivity

  5. ((e))

    Non-lustrous surface

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Malleability

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Metals are typically characterized by their malleability, defined as the capability to be shaped or formed by hammering or pressure.
  • Other common properties of metals include ductility, good conductivity of heat and electricity, and a lustrous surface.
  • The passage mentions that metals exhibit distinct physical properties such as malleability, which is not shared with nonmetals or metalloids.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: Metals, which comprise the majority of known elements, are typically characterised by their lustre, malleability, ductility, and excellent conductivity of heat and electricity.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1 (Brittleness) is incorrect because brittleness is not a characteristic of metals; it's a trait more commonly associated with nonmetals.
  • Option 2 (Poor conductivity of heat) is incorrect because metals are known for their excellent conductivity of heat.
  • Option 4 (Non-reactivity) is incorrect as metals can be highly reactive, but this is not a typical defining characteristic.
  • Option 5 (Non-lustrous surface) is incorrect because metals typically have a lustrous surface.
84

The passage states that metalloids are often used in:

  1. ((a))

    Electrical wiring

  2. ((b))

    Medical imaging

  3. ((c))

    Pesticide production

  4. ((d))

    Lighting systems

  5. ((e))

    Electronic devices as semiconductors

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Electronic devices as semiconductors

The correct answer is Option 5.

 

Key Points

  • The passage specifically mentions that metalloids often serve as semiconductors in electronic devices.
  • Metalloids, such as silicon and arsenic, possess properties intermediate between metals and nonmetals, making them suitable for semiconductor applications.
  • The context of their use in electronic devices highlights their importance in the semiconductor industry.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 5.

 

Correct Sentence: Metalloids possess properties intermediate between metals and nonmetals and often serve as semiconductors in electronic devices.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1 (Electrical wiring) is incorrect because copper is mentioned for electrical wiring, which is a metal, not a metalloid.
  • Option 2 (Medical imaging) is incorrect because technetium, a synthetic element, is used in medical imaging, not metalloids.
  • Option 3 (Pesticide production) is incorrect because fluorine, a nonmetal, is used in pesticide production, not metalloids.
  • Option 4 (Lighting systems) is incorrect because noble gases, such as helium and neon, are used in lighting systems due to their inertness.
85

According to the passage, what significant contribution did Dmitri Mendeleev make to the field of chemistry in 1869?

  1. ((a))

    Discovery of synthetic elements

  2. ((b))

    Invention of particle accelerators

  3. ((c))

    Development of the periodic table

  4. ((d))

    Discovery of the electron

  5. ((e))

    Creation of spectroscopy techniques

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Development of the periodic table

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Dmitri Mendeleev is credited with developing the periodic table in 1869 as stated in the passage.
  • The periodic table is a systematic arrangement of elements based on their atomic number, electron configurations, and recurring chemical properties.
  • This development was a significant advancement in the field of chemistry.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: "The periodic table, developed by Dmitri Mendeleev in 1869, represents a systematic arrangement of elements based on their atomic number, electron configurations, and recurring chemical properties."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1 (Discovery of synthetic elements) is incorrect because the discovery of synthetic elements is attributed to advances in scientific research and nuclear reactions, not specifically to Mendeleev.
  • Option 2 (Invention of particle accelerators) is incorrect because particle accelerators were developed much later for the purpose of delving deeper into atomic and subatomic properties.
  • Option 4 (Discovery of the electron) is incorrect as the electron was discovered by J.J. Thomson, not Mendeleev.
  • Option 5 (Creation of spectroscopy techniques) is incorrect because spectroscopy techniques were developed over time with contributions from various scientists and are not specifically attributed to Mendeleev.
86

According to the passage, which of the given statements is incorrect?

A) Research has shown that elements have numerous applications in everyday life and industry.

B) Silicon and arsenic are examples of nonmetals.

C) The noble gases are used in lighting and cooling systems due to their chemical reactivity.

  1. ((a))

    Only A

  2. ((b))

    Only B

  3. ((c))

    Only C

  4. ((d))

    B and C

  5. ((e))

    A and C

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

B and C

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Statement A: Research has shown that elements have numerous applications in everyday life and industry.
  • This statement is correct as it accurately reflects the context provided in the passage.
  • Statement B: Silicon and arsenic are examples of nonmetals.
  • The passage states that silicon and arsenic are metalloids, not nonmetals, so this statement is incorrect.
  • Statement C: The noble gases are used in lighting and cooling systems due to their chemical reactivity.
  • The passage mentions that noble gases are used in lighting and cooling systems because of their inertness, not their chemical reactivity, so this statement is also incorrect.
  • Hence, Statements B and C are identified as incorrect in the context of the passage.

Therefore, the correct answer is: ‘B and C'

87

According to the passage, which of the following statements is correct?

A) Metalloids exhibit properties that are intermediate between metals and nonmetals.

B) The periodic table is arranged based on elements' electron configurations and atomic weights.

C) Copper's high reactivity makes it valuable for electrical wiring.

  1. ((a))

    Only A

  2. ((b))

    Only B

  3. ((c))

    Only C

  4. ((d))

    A and B

  5. ((e))

    B and C

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only A

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Statement A: Metalloids exhibit properties that are intermediate between metals and nonmetals.
  • This statement is correct as it accurately describes the nature of metalloids as mentioned in the passage.
  • Statement B: The periodic table is arranged based on elements' electron configurations and atomic weights.
  • The passage states that the periodic table is based on atomic number, electron configurations, and recurring chemical properties, not atomic weights. Therefore, this statement is incorrect.
  • Statement C: Copper's high reactivity makes it valuable for electrical wiring.
  • The passage mentions the exceptional conductivity of copper, not its high reactivity, as the reason for its use in electrical wiring. Thus, this statement is incorrect.
  • Hence, Statement A is identified as correct in the context of the passage.

Therefore, the correct answer is: ‘Only A'

88

What will fit in the blank taken from the passage: "For instance, the exceptional ________ of copper makes it invaluable for electrical wiring"?

  1. ((a))

    Malleability

  2. ((b))

    Reactivity

  3. ((c))

    Conductivity

  4. ((d))

    Ductility

  5. ((e))

    Lustre

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Conductivity

The correct answer is 'conductivity'.

 

Key Points

  • The word "conductivity" refers to the ability of a material to conduct electricity. (चालकता)
  • Copper is widely used for electrical wiring due to its excellent conductivity.
  • The other options: "malleability," "reactivity," "ductility," and "lustre" do not fit the context as appropriately.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Sentence: For instance, the exceptional conductivity of copper makes it invaluable for electrical wiring.

Additional Information

  • Malleability (तन्यकता): refers to the ability of a material to be shaped or formed.
  • Reactivity (प्रतिक्रियाशीलता): refers to the tendency of a substance to undergo chemical reactions.
  • Ductility (नम्यता): refers to the ability of a material to be stretched into a wire.
  • Lustre (चमक): refers to the way light interacts with the surface of a material.
89

Which of the following words is similar in meaning to "pivotal" as used in the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Secondary

  2. ((b))

    Crucial

  3. ((c))

    Incidental

  4. ((d))

    Peripheral

  5. ((e))

    Unimportant

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Crucial

The correct answer is: Option 2 i.e., Crucial.

Key Points

  • The word "pivotal" means of crucial importance in relation to the development or success of something. (महत्वपूर्ण)
  • Example: Her contributions were pivotal to the success of the project.
  • "Crucial" refers to something that is extremely important and critical for the success or failure of something. (निर्णायक)
  • Example: The meeting will be crucial for the future of the company.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Crucial.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Secondary (माध्यमिक): Coming after, less important than, or resulting from someone or something else that is primary.
  • Example: Her role in the project was secondary to that of the team leader.
  • Incidental (आकस्मिक): Occurring by chance in connection with something else, but not essential.
  • Example: The discovery was incidental to his main research.
  • Peripheral (परिधीय): Relating to or situated on the edge or periphery; not of central importance.
  • Example: The issue is peripheral to the main discussion.
  • Unimportant (महत्वहीन): Lacking significance or value; not important.
  • Example: The details were unimportant in the overall context of the situation.
90

Which of the following words is similar in meaning to "malleability" as used in the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Brittleness

  2. ((b))

    Hardness

  3. ((c))

    Flexibility

  4. ((d))

    Rigidity

  5. ((e))

    Conductivity

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Flexibility

The correct answer is: Option 3 i.e., Flexibility.

Key Points

  • The word "malleability" refers to the quality of being able to be shaped, bent, or twisted without breaking. (नमनीयता)
  • Example: The malleability of clay allows it to be moulded into various shapes.
  • "Flexibility" means the ability to bend easily without breaking, which is similar to malleability. (लचीलापन)
  • Example: Flexibility in a plastic material makes it ideal for many construction applications.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Flexibility.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Brittleness (भंगुरता): The tendency to break or shatter easily.
  • Example: The brittleness of glass makes it prone to breaking.
  • Hardness (कठोरता): The quality or condition of being hard.
  • Example: The hardness of diamonds makes them suitable for cutting tools.
  • Rigidity (कठोरता): The inability to be bent or be altered in shape.
  • Example: Rigidity of steel beams ensures the structural integrity of buildings.
  • Conductivity (चालकता): The ability to conduct heat or electricity.
  • Example: Copper's conductivity makes it a preferred material for electrical wiring.

Quantitative Aptitude (50 questions)

91

.Present age of A and B are a and (a + 4) respectively. 4 years ago the ratio of A and B was 6: 7.The age of C is 10 years more than the age of B. If the age of B and C x years ago is 3: 4. The average present age of A, B, C and D is 40 years. Find the age of D 4x years ago.

  1. ((a))

    62

  2. ((b))

    56

  3. ((c))

    50

  4. ((d))

    52

  5. ((e))

    48

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

50

Shortcut Trick

Age difference between A and B is always (a + 4) − a = 4 years.

4 years ago, ratio was 6 : 7. Difference 1 unit = 4 years ⇒ A = 24, B = 28.

Present ages: A = 28, B = 32, C = 32 + 10 = 42.

Average of A, B, C, D is 40 ⇒ Total = 160. D = 160 − (28 + 32 + 42) = 58.

Ratio B:C, (32 − x)/(42 − x) = 3/4 ⇒ 128 − 4x = 126 − 3x ⇒ x = 2.

D 4x years ago (8 years ago) = 58 − 8 = 50 years.

∴ The correct answer is 50 years.

Alternate Method

Given: Present age A = a, B = a + 4, C = B + 10.

⇒ 4 years ago: (a − 4) / (a + 4 − 4) = 6 / 7

⇒ 7(a − 4) = 6a ⇒ 7a − 28 = 6a ⇒ a = 28.

⇒ Present Ages: A = 28, B = 32, C = 42.

⇒ Age of B and C x years ago: (32 − x) / (42 − x) = 3 / 4

⇒ 128 − 4x = 126 − 3x ⇒ x = 2.

⇒ Total present age = 40 × 4 = 160 years.

⇒ Age of D = 160 − (28 + 32 + 42) = 160 − 102 = 58 years.

⇒ Age of D 4x years (4 × 2 = 8 years) ago = 58 − 8 = 50 years.

∴ The correct answer is 50 years.

Additional Information

Ratio and Age Difference

The numerical difference between the ages of two persons remains constant at any point in time.

Average Age Concept

Total age = Average Age × Number of persons. If everyone's age increases by 'n' years, the average also increases by 'n'.

Directions: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow.

The graph shows the number of visitors (in thousands) to "Adventure Land" theme park each month from January to June for the years 2022 and 2023.

92

The number of visitors in July 2023 was 25% more than in June 2023, and in July 2022, it was 20% less than in June 2022. Find the total number of visitors in July of both 2022 and 2023.

  1. ((a))

    15,200

  2. ((b))

    16,100

  3. ((c))

    15,600

  4. ((d))

    14,800

  5. ((e))

    16,400

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

14,800

General solution:

Given:

Month20222023
Jan4,0005,000
Feb6,0004,000
Mar5,0007,000
Apr7,0006,000
May8,0009,000
Jun6,0008,000

 

Calculations:

June 2023 = 8,000 ⇒ July 2023 = 8,000 × 1.25 = 10,000

June 2022 = 6,000 ⇒ July 2022 = 6,000 × 0.80 = 4,800

Total (July 2022 + July 2023) = 4,800 + 10,000 = 14,800

Hence, the correct answer is 14,800.

93

If the entry ticket price was ₹500 per person in 2022 and ₹600 per person in 2023, what is the total revenue generated from visitors in February and April of both years combined?

  1. ((a))

    ₹13,400,000

  2. ((b))

    ₹14,200,000

  3. ((c))

    ₹15,600,000

  4. ((d))

    ₹12,500,000

  5. ((e))

    ₹11,200,000

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

₹12,500,000

General solution:

Given:

Month20222023
Jan4,0005,000
Feb6,0004,000
Mar5,0007,000
Apr7,0006,000
May8,0009,000
Jun6,0008,000

 

Calculations:

Feb 2022 revenue = 6,000 × 500 = ₹3,000,000

Apr 2022 revenue = 7,000 × 500 = ₹3,500,000

Feb 2023 revenue = 4,000 × 600 = ₹2,400,000

Apr 2023 revenue = 6,000 × 600 = ₹3,600,000

Total revenue = 3,000,000 + 3,500,000 + 2,400,000 + 3,600,000 = ₹12,500,000

Hence, the correct answer is ₹12,500,000.

94

What is the difference between the average number of visitors per month in 2022 (January to June) and the average number of visitors per month in 2023 (January to June)?

  1. ((a))

    1500

  2. ((b))

    1000

  3. ((c))

    500

  4. ((d))

    2000

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

500

General solution:

Given:

Month20222023
Jan4,0005,000
Feb6,0004,000
Mar5,0007,000
Apr7,0006,000
May8,0009,000
Jun6,0008,000

Calculations:

Total 2022 (Jan–Jun) = 4,000 + 6,000 + 5,000 + 7,000 + 8,000 + 6,000 = 36,000

Average 2022 = 36,000 / 6 = 6,000

Total 2023 (Jan–Jun) = 5,000 + 4,000 + 7,000 + 6,000 + 9,000 + 8,000 = 39,000

Average 2023 = 39,000 / 6 = 6,500

Difference = 6,500 − 6,000 = 500

Hence, the correct answer is 500.

95

In how many months was the number of visitors in 2022 more than the number of visitors in 2023, AND in how many months was the number of visitors in 2023 more than the number of visitors in 2022?

  1. ((a))

    2, 4

  2. ((b))

    3, 3

  3. ((c))

    2, 3

  4. ((d))

    3, 2

  5. ((e))

    4, 2

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

2, 4

General solution:

Given:

Month20222023
Jan4,0005,000
Feb6,0004,000
Mar5,0007,000
Apr7,0006,000
May8,0009,000
Jun6,0008,000

 

Calculations:

Jan: 2023 (5,000) > 2022 (4,000) ⇒ 2023 greater

Feb: 2022 (6,000) > 2023 (4,000) ⇒ 2022 greater

Mar: 2023 (7,000) > 2022 (5,000) ⇒ 2023 greater

Apr: 2022 (7,000) > 2023 (6,000) ⇒ 2022 greater

May: 2023 (9,000) > 2022 (8,000) ⇒ 2023 greater

Jun: 2023 (8,000) > 2022 (6,000) ⇒ 2023 greater

Counts → 2022 > 2023 : 2 months (Feb, Apr). 2023 > 2022 : 4 months (Jan, Mar, May, Jun).

Hence, the correct answer is 2, 4.

96

What is the percentage increase in the total number of visitors to the theme park from March to May in 2023 compared to the total number of visitors in the same period (March to May) in 2022? (Round to two decimal places if necessary)

  1. ((a))

    16.67%

  2. ((b))

    20%

  3. ((c))

    22.22%

  4. ((d))

    25%

  5. ((e))

    10%

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

10%

General solution:

Given:

Month20222023
Jan4,0005,000
Feb6,0004,000
Mar5,0007,000
Apr7,0006,000
May8,0009,000
Jun6,0008,000

 

Calculations:

Sum (Mar–May 2023) = 7,000 + 6,000 + 9,000 = 22,000

Sum (Mar–May 2022) = 5,000 + 7,000 + 8,000 = 20,000

Increase = 22,000 − 20,000 = 2,000

Percentage increase = (2,000 / 20,000) × 100 = 10.00%

Hence, the correct answer is 10.00%.

97

When P and Q work together with their original efficiencies, they can complete a job in '10d' hours. However, if P works with 150% of his original efficiency and Q works with 75% of his original efficiency, they can complete the same job together in '8d' hours. If P alone can complete the job in 20 hours, and R alone can complete the job in 10 hours less than Q, then in what time will P and R together complete the job?

  1. ((a))

    15 hours

  2. ((b))

    9.6 hours

  3. ((c))

    10 hours

  4. ((d))

    13.2 hours

  5. ((e))

    12 hours

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

12 hours

Shortcut Trick

Equating total work: (P + Q) × 10d = (1.5P + 0.75Q) × 8d

⇒ 10P + 10Q = 12P + 6Q ⇒ 2P = 4Q ⇒ P : Q = 2 : 1

Since P takes 20 hr, Q takes 20 × (2/1) = 40 hr. Then R takes 40 − 10 = 30 hr.

P + R time = (20 × 30) ÷ (20 + 30) = 600 ÷ 50 = 12 hr.

∴ The correct answer is 12 hr.

Alternate Method

PersonDays/TimeTotal WorkEfficiency
P20 hr60 units3
Q40 hr1.5
R30 hr2

Given: P takes 20 hr. Work done in Case 1 = (P + Q) × 10d. Case 2 = (1.5P + 0.75Q) × 8d.

⇒ 10dP + 10dQ = 12dP + 6dQ

⇒ 4dQ = 2dP ⇒ P = 2Q

⇒ Since Time ∝ 1/Efficiency, Time taken by Q = 2 × Time taken by P = 2 × 20 = 40 hr.

⇒ Time taken by R = 40 − 10 = 30 hr.

⇒ Total Work = LCM(20, 30) = 60 units.

⇒ Efficiency of P = 60 ÷ 20 = 3 units/hr.

⇒ Efficiency of R = 60 ÷ 30 = 2 units/hr.

⇒ Combined Efficiency (P + R) = 3 + 2 = 5 units/hr.

⇒ Time taken by P and R together = 60 ÷ 5 = 12 hr.

∴ The correct answer is 12 hr.

Additional Information

Efficiency and Time Relationship

Efficiency is inversely proportional to the time taken to complete a task. If the ratio of efficiencies of two people is x : y, the ratio of time taken by them is y : x.

Combined Work Formula

If person A takes 'a' hours and person B takes 'b' hours, they together complete the work in (a × b) ÷ (a + b) hours.

Work Invariance Principle

Total Work = Efficiency × Time. When the same work is done with different efficiencies, (E1 × T1) = (E2 × T2).

98

In the given question, two equations numbered I and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and find out the correct option.

I: 14x2 + 21x - 10x - 15 = 0

II: 20y2 - 31y + 12 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x ≥ y

  3. ((c))

    x < y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y, or relation cannot be established

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

x < y

I: 14x2 + 21x - 10x - 15 = 0

⇒ 7x(2x + 3) - 5(2x + 3) = 0

⇒ (2x + 3) × (7x - 5) = 0

⇒ x = -3/2, 5/7

II: 20y2 - 31y + 12 = 0

⇒ 20y2 - 15y - 16y + 12 = 0

⇒ 5y(4y - 3) - 4(4y - 3) = 0

⇒ (5y - 4) × (4y - 3) = 0

⇒ y = 4/5, 3/4

Value of xValue of yRelation
-3/24/5x < y
-3/23/4x < y
5/74/5x < y
5/73/4x < y
<br>

∴ x < y

99

Two equations I and II are given below in question. You have to solve these equations and give the answer.

I. x2 + 74x – 480= 0       

II. y2 + 64y – 1280 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x < y

  2. ((b))

    x > y

  3. ((c))

    x ≤ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≥ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or the relation between x and y can't be established.

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

x = y or the relation between x and y can't be established.

Shortcut Trick

I. x2 + 74x – 480= 0

There are three terms = a, b, and c

Where 'a' = value of x2, 'b' = Value of x, 'c' = 480

'c' is negative here.   

II. y2 + 64y – 1280 = 0

There are also three terms = a, b, and c

Where 'a' = value of y2, 'b' = Value of y, 'c' = 1280

'c' is also negative here.

If the value of 'c' is negative in both statements, then the answer always is "x = y or the relation between x and y can’t be established."

The basic and conventional method is given below:

Given:

I. x2 + 74x – 480= 0       

II. y2 + 64y – 1280 = 0

Calculation:

I. x2 + 74x – 480= 0       

⇒ x+ 80x – 6x – 480 = 0

⇒ x(x + 80) – 6(x + 80) = 0

⇒ (x + 80)(x – 6) = 0

⇒ x = (-80), 6    

II. y2 + 64y – 1280 = 0

⇒ y+ 80y – 16y – 1280 = 0

⇒ y(y + 80) – 16(y + 80) = 0

⇒ (y + 80)(y – 16) = 0

⇒ y = (-80), 16

Value of ‘x’RelationValue of ‘y’
-80=-80
-80<16
6>-80
6<16
<br>

When we compared the values of X and Y in the table above, we found that there are THREE relations between X and Y i.e. >, = and <. So, a relation cannot be defined.

 After comparison all the values of x and y, the relation is “x = y or the relation between x and y can't be established.”

100

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. Solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer.

I. 4x2 – 17x + 15 = 0

II. 3y2 + 13y - 38 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x < y

  3. ((c))

    x ≥ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or relation between x and y can not be established.

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

x = y or relation between x and y can not be established.

Given:

I. 4x2 – 17x + 15 = 0

II. 3y2 + 13y - 38 = 0

Calculation:

From I,

4x2 – 17x + 15 = 0

⇒ 4x2 – 12x - 5x + 15 = 0

⇒ 4x(x - 3) - 5(x - 3) = 0

⇒ (x - 3)(4x - 5) = 0

Taking,

⇒ (x - 3) = 0 or  (4x - 5) = 0

⇒ x = 3 or (5/4)

From II,

3y2 + 13y - 38 = 0

⇒ 3y2 + 19y - 6y - 38 = 0

⇒ y(3y + 19) - 2(3y + 19) = 0

⇒ (y - 2)(3y + 19) = 0

Taking,

⇒ (y - 2) = 0 or (3y + 19) = 0

⇒ y = 2 or (-19/3)

Comparison between x and y (via Tabulation):

Value of xValue of yRelation
32x > y
3-19/3x > y
5/42x < y
5/4-19/3x > y

 

∴ x = y or relation between x and y can not be established.

101

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. Solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer.

I. (625)14x+1225=155(625)^\frac{{1}}{{4}} x + \sqrt{{1225}} = 155

II. 196y+13=279\sqrt{{196}} y + 13 = 279

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x < y

  3. ((c))

    x ≥ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or relationship between x and y cannot be established

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

x > y

I. (625)14x+1225=155(625)^\frac{{1}}{{4}} x + \sqrt{{1225}} = 155

⇒ (54)14x+35=155(5^4)^\frac{{1}}{{4}} x + 35 = 155

⇒ 5x = 155 – 35 ⇒ 5x = 120

⇒ x=1205=24x=\frac{{120}}{{5}} = 24

II. 196y+13=279\sqrt{{196}} y + 13 = 279

⇒ 14y = 279 – 13 = 266

⇒ y=26614=19y = \frac{{266}}{{14}} = 19

Comparison between x and y (via Tabulation):

Value of xValue of yRelation
2419x > y

∴ Clearly x > y

102

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. Solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer.

I. 12x2 + 11x + 12 = 10x2 + 22x

II. 13y2 – 18y + 3 = 9y2 – 10y

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x < y

  3. ((c))

    x ≥ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or relationship between x and y cannot be established

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

x ≥ y

I. 12x2 + 11x + 12 = 10x2 + 22x

⇒ 2x2 – 11x + 12 = 0

⇒ 2x2 – 8x – 3x + 12 = 0

⇒ 2x (x – 4) – 3 (x – 4) = 0

⇒ (x – 4) (2x – 3) = 0

⇒ x = 4 or 3/2

II. 13y2 – 18y + 3 = 9y2 – 10y

⇒ 4y2 – 8y + 3 = 0

⇒ 4y2 – 6y – 2y + 3 = 0

⇒ 2y (2y – 3) – 1 (2y – 3) = 0

⇒ y = 1/2 or 3/2 

Comparison between x and y (via Tabulation):

Value of xValue of yRelation
41/2x > y
43/2x > y
3/21/2x > y
3/23/2x = y

∴ Clearly x ≥ y

103

The ratio of the curved surface area (CSA) to the total surface area (TSA) of a right circular cylinder is 5:8. The sum of the cylinder's height and radius is 24 cm. A right circular cone is formed such that its height is 3 cm less than the cylinder's height, and its radius is 1 cm more than the cylinder's radius. Find the ratio of the volume of the cylinder to the volume of the cone.

  1. ((a))

    243:80

  2. ((b))

    241:80

  3. ((c))

    81:20

  4. ((d))

    243:100

  5. ((e))

    243:82

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

243:80

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of CSA to TSA = 2πrh : 2πr(h + r) = h : (h + r) = 5 : 8.

Given (h + r) = 24 cm, so 8 units = 24 ⇒ 1 unit = 3 cm.

Cylinder: h = 5 × 3 = 15 cm and r = 24 − 15 = 9 cm.

Cone: H = 15 − 3 = 12 cm and R = 9 + 1 = 10 cm.

Volume Ratio: (πr2h) : (1/3 πR2H) = (92 × 15) : (1/3 × 102 × 12) = 1215 : 400 = 243 : 80.

∴ The correct answer is 243:80.

Alternate Method

Given: CSA : TSA = 5 : 8, h + r = 24 cm.

Formula: Volume of Cylinder = πr2h, Volume of Cone = (1/3)πR2H.

⇒ CSA / TSA = (2πrh) / [2πr(h + r)] = h / (h + r) = 5 / 8

⇒ 8h = 5(h + r) ⇒ 3h = 5r ⇒ h/r = 5/3

⇒ Let h = 5x, r = 3x. Given h + r = 24 ⇒ 8x = 24 ⇒ x = 3

⇒ Cylinder: h = 15 cm, r = 9 cm

⇒ Cone: Height H = 15 − 3 = 12 cm, Radius R = 9 + 1 = 10 cm

⇒ Ratio = (π × 9 × 9 × 15) / [(1/3) × π × 10 × 10 × 12]

⇒ Ratio = (81 × 15) / (100 × 4) = 1215 / 400 = 243 / 80

∴ The correct answer is 243:80.

Additional Information

Cylinder Surface Area Formulas

Curved Surface Area (CSA) = 2πrh; Total Surface Area (TSA) = 2πr(h + r).

Volume Formulas

Volume of Cylinder = πr2h; Volume of Cone = 1/3 πr2h. If height and radius are same, Cylinder Volume = 3 × Cone Volume.

Cone Slant Height

Slant height (l) = √(r2 + h2). CSA of cone = πrl and TSA = πr(l + r).

Directions: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow.

A large retail store analyzed its customer transactions over a special three-day weekend: Saturday, Sunday, and Monday. The store offered two types of discount coupons: Coupon A (a percentage discount) and Coupon B (a flat-off discount). A customer could use only one coupon per transaction.

The total number of coupon users (both A and B) across all three days was 8,000. The number of coupon users on Saturday was 4,200, while the number of coupon users on Sunday was 2,400.

On Saturday, the ratio of Coupon A users to Coupon B users was 5:2. On Sunday, the number of Coupon A users was 20% less than the number of Coupon A users on Saturday. On Monday, the number of Coupon B users was 25% of the number of Coupon B users on Saturday.

The number of coupon users on Sunday (2,400) represented 60% of the total transactions on Sunday. The total number of transactions on Saturday was 500 more than on Sunday. The number of transactions on Monday where no coupon was used was 1,600.

104

What is the ratio of the total number of Coupon B users across all three days to the total number of Coupon A users on Monday?

  1. ((a))

    17:11

  2. ((b))

    15:11

  3. ((c))

    11:17

  4. ((d))

    11:15

  5. ((e))

    9:14

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

15:11

General Solution:

Given:

Total coupon users (A + B) across Sat, Sun, Mon = 8,000

Coupon users on Saturday = 4,200

Coupon users on Sunday = 2,400

Saturday: Coupon A : Coupon B = 5 : 2

Sunday: Coupon A users = 20% less than Saturday's A users

Monday: Coupon B users = 25% of Saturday's B users

Sunday coupon users (2,400) = 60% of total Sunday transactions

Total transactions on Saturday = total on Sunday + 500

Transactions on Monday with no coupon = 1,600

Total Monday coupon users = 8,000 − 4,200 − 2,400 = 1,400

Saturday (split A/B):

A : B = 5 : 2 ⇒ parts = 7

Coupon A (Sat) = (5/7) × 4200 = 3,000

Coupon B (Sat) = (2/7) × 4200 = 1,200

Sunday:

Coupon A (Sun) = 20% less than A(Sat) = 0.8 × 3000 = 2,400

Since total coupon users on Sunday = 2,400 ⇒ Coupon B (Sun) = 0

Monday:

Coupon B (Mon) = 25% of B(Sat) = 0.25 × 1200 = 300

Total coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ Coupon A (Mon) = 1,400 − 300 = 1,100

Calculations:

Ratio: total Coupon B users (all days) : Coupon A users on Monday

Total Coupon B = B(Sat) + B(Sun) + B(Mon) = 1200 + 0 + 300 = 1,500

Coupon A on Monday = 1,100

Ratio = 1500 : 1100 = 15 : 11

Hence, the correct answer is 15 : 11.

105

A new day, Tuesday, is introduced. The total number of transactions on Tuesday was 25% more than on Monday. The percentage of transactions that used a coupon on Tuesday was the same as the percentage of transactions that used a coupon on Saturday. Find the number of transactions on Tuesday where no coupon was used.

  1. ((a))

    750

  2. ((b))

    250

  3. ((c))

    375

  4. ((d))

    625

  5. ((e))

    500

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

250

General Solution:

Given:

Total coupon users (A + B) across Sat, Sun, Mon = 8,000

Coupon users on Saturday = 4,200

Coupon users on Sunday = 2,400

Saturday: Coupon A : Coupon B = 5 : 2

Sunday: Coupon A users = 20% less than Saturday's A users

Monday: Coupon B users = 25% of Saturday's B users

Sunday coupon users (2,400) = 60% of total Sunday transactions

Total transactions on Saturday = total on Sunday + 500

Transactions on Monday with no coupon = 1,600

Total Monday coupon users = 8,000 − 4,200 − 2,400 = 1,400

Saturday (split A/B):

A : B = 5 : 2 ⇒ parts = 7

Coupon A (Sat) = (5/7) × 4200 = 3,000

Coupon B (Sat) = (2/7) × 4200 = 1,200

Sunday:

Coupon A (Sun) = 20% less than A(Sat) = 0.8 × 3000 = 2,400

Since total coupon users on Sunday = 2,400 ⇒ Coupon B (Sun) = 0

Monday:

Coupon B (Mon) = 25% of B(Sat) = 0.25 × 1200 = 300

Total coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ Coupon A (Mon) = 1,400 − 300 = 1,100​​​

Calculations:

Monday total = 3,000 ⇒ Tuesday total = 1.25 × 3000 = 3,750

Coupon% on Saturday = 4200 / 4500 = 14/15 = 93.333...%

Coupon users on Tuesday = (14/15) × 3750 = 3500

No-coupon Tuesday = 3750 − 3500 = 250

Hence, the correct answer is 250.

106

The total number of transactions on Monday is what percentage less than the total number of transactions on Saturday?

  1. ((a))

    30%

  2. ((b))

    33.33%

  3. ((c))

    66.67%

  4. ((d))

    25%

  5. ((e))

    40%

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

33.33%

General Solution:

Given:

Total coupon users (A + B) across Sat, Sun, Mon = 8,000

Coupon users on Saturday = 4,200

Coupon users on Sunday = 2,400

Saturday: Coupon A : Coupon B = 5 : 2

Sunday: Coupon A users = 20% less than Saturday's A users

Monday: Coupon B users = 25% of Saturday's B users

Sunday coupon users (2,400) = 60% of total Sunday transactions

Total transactions on Saturday = total on Sunday + 500

Transactions on Monday with no coupon = 1,600

Total Monday coupon users = 8,000 − 4,200 − 2,400 = 1,400

Saturday (split A/B):

A : B = 5 : 2 ⇒ parts = 7

Coupon A (Sat) = (5/7) × 4200 = 3,000

Coupon B (Sat) = (2/7) × 4200 = 1,200

Sunday:

Coupon A (Sun) = 20% less than A(Sat) = 0.8 × 3000 = 2,400

Since total coupon users on Sunday = 2,400 ⇒ Coupon B (Sun) = 0

Monday:

Coupon B (Mon) = 25% of B(Sat) = 0.25 × 1200 = 300

Total coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ Coupon A (Mon) = 1,400 − 300 = 1,100

Calculations:

Monday no-coupon = 1,600 (given) and coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ total Mon = 1600 + 1400 = 3,000

Saturday total = 4,500

Reduction = (4500 − 3000) / 4500 = 1500 / 4500 = 1/3 = 33.33%

Hence, the correct answer is 33.33%

107

The number of transactions where no coupon was used on Saturday is what percentage of the number of transactions where no coupon was used on Sunday?

  1. ((a))

    20%

  2. ((b))

    15%

  3. ((c))

    18.75%

  4. ((d))

    22.5%

  5. ((e))

    25%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

18.75%

General Solution:

Given:

Total coupon users (A + B) across Sat, Sun, Mon = 8,000

Coupon users on Saturday = 4,200

Coupon users on Sunday = 2,400

Saturday: Coupon A : Coupon B = 5 : 2

Sunday: Coupon A users = 20% less than Saturday's A users

Monday: Coupon B users = 25% of Saturday's B users

Sunday coupon users (2,400) = 60% of total Sunday transactions

Total transactions on Saturday = total on Sunday + 500

Transactions on Monday with no coupon = 1,600

Total Monday coupon users = 8,000 − 4,200 − 2,400 = 1,400

Saturday (split A/B):

A : B = 5 : 2 ⇒ parts = 7

Coupon A (Sat) = (5/7) × 4200 = 3,000

Coupon B (Sat) = (2/7) × 4200 = 1,200

Sunday:

Coupon A (Sun) = 20% less than A(Sat) = 0.8 × 3000 = 2,400

Since total coupon users on Sunday = 2,400 ⇒ Coupon B (Sun) = 0

Monday:

Coupon B (Mon) = 25% of B(Sat) = 0.25 × 1200 = 300

Total coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ Coupon A (Mon) = 1,400 − 300 = 1,100

Calculations:

No-coupon transactions: Saturday as % of Sunday

Sunday total transactions = 2400 / 0.60 = 4,000

No-coupon Sunday = 4000 − 2400 = 1,600

Saturday total transactions = Sunday + 500 = 4000 + 500 = 4,500

No-coupon Saturday = 4500 − 4200 = 300

Percentage = (300 ÷ 1600) × 100 = 18.75%

Hence, the correct answer is 18.75%

108

What is the total number of Coupon A users across all three days?

  1. ((a))

    6,500

  2. ((b))

    6,750

  3. ((c))

    5,250

  4. ((d))

    5,500

  5. ((e))

    6,000

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

6,500

General Solution:

Given:

Total coupon users (A + B) across Sat, Sun, Mon = 8,000

Coupon users on Saturday = 4,200

Coupon users on Sunday = 2,400

Saturday: Coupon A : Coupon B = 5 : 2

Sunday: Coupon A users = 20% less than Saturday's A users

Monday: Coupon B users = 25% of Saturday's B users

Sunday coupon users (2,400) = 60% of total Sunday transactions

Total transactions on Saturday = total on Sunday + 500

Transactions on Monday with no coupon = 1,600

Total Monday coupon users = 8,000 − 4,200 − 2,400 = 1,400

Saturday (split A/B):

A : B = 5 : 2 ⇒ parts = 7

Coupon A (Sat) = (5/7) × 4200 = 3,000

Coupon B (Sat) = (2/7) × 4200 = 1,200

Sunday:

Coupon A (Sun) = 20% less than A(Sat) = 0.8 × 3000 = 2,400

Since total coupon users on Sunday = 2,400 ⇒ Coupon B (Sun) = 0

Monday:

Coupon B (Mon) = 25% of B(Sat) = 0.25 × 1200 = 300

Total coupon users Mon = 1,400 ⇒ Coupon A (Mon) = 1,400 − 300 = 1,100

Calculations:

Total number of Coupon A users across all three days:

Coupon A total = A(Sat) + A(Sun) + A(Mon) = 3000 + 2400 + 1100 = 6,500

Hence, the correct answer is 6,500

Directions: Solve the given wrong in numbers series I and II and answer the following questions given below.

Series I: 8, 14, 42, 168, 840, 5040

Series II: 20, 28, 55, 118, 244, 460

109

Find the average between the correct numbers in series I and II.

  1. ((a))

    59

  2. ((b))

    61

  3. ((c))

    55

  4. ((d))

    63

  5. ((e))

    57

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

63

General solution:

Series I:

7

(7 × 2) = 14

(14 × 3) = 42

(42 × 4) = 168

(168 × 5) = 840

(840 × 6) = 5040

Thus the wrong number in series I = 8

Correct number in series I = 7

 

Series II:

(20 + 23 )= 28

(28 + 33 )= 55

(55 + 43 )= 119

(119 + 53 )= 244

(244 + 63 )= 460

Thus, the wrong number in series I is 118

Correct number in series II is 119

Solution:

Correct number in series I = 7

Correct number in series II = 119

Require average = (7 + 119)/2 = 63

Directions: Solve the given wrong numbers series I and II and answer the following questions given below.

Series I: 8, 110, 770, 3850, 11550, 23100

Series II: 10, 30, 84, 205, 374, 663.

110

Find the sum of the wrong number in series I and II?

  1. ((a))

    36

  2. ((b))

    30

  3. ((c))

    38

  4. ((d))

    34

  5. ((e))

    32

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

38

General solution:

Series I:

10

(10 × 11) = 110

(110 × 7) = 770

(770 × 5) = 3850

(3850 × 3) = 11550 

(11550 × 2) = 23100

Wrong number in series I is 8

Correct number in series I is 10

So, Wrong number II is 30

Correct number in series II is 35

Solution:

Wrong number in series I = 8

Wrong number in series II = 30

Required sum = (30 + 8) = 38

111

Find the wrong number in the following series

89.5, 110, 132.5, 157, 193.5, 212

  1. ((a))

    89.5

  2. ((b))

    110

  3. ((c))

    132.5

  4. ((d))

    193.5

  5. ((e))

    212

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

193.5

Calculation:

The series follows the following pattern

⇒ 89.5 + 20.5 = 110

⇒ 110 + 22.5 = 132.5

⇒ 132.5 + 24.5 = 157

⇒ 157 + 26.5 = 183.5

⇒ 183.5 + 28.5 = 212

∴ The wrong number is 193.5

112

The given following series I and II are different logical patterns solve the following questions

 Series I: 28, P, 164,655, 3274, 19643

Series II: (P - 8), Q, 89, 145, 277, 459.

Which of the following options is correct.

  1. ((a))

    (P - Q) = 39

  2. ((b))

    2P > (3Q - 10)

  3. ((c))

    (3P + 4Q) < (2P + 5Q)

  4. ((d))

    (2Q - P) = 34

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

(3P + 4Q) < (2P + 5Q)

Solution:

Series I: 

28

(28 ×  2) - 1 = 55

(55 ×  3) - 1 = 164

(164 ×  4) - 1 = 655

(655 ×  5 - 1) = 3274 

(3274 ×  6 - 1) = 19643

P = 55

(P - 8) = 47

Series II: 

47

47 + (32 + 3) = 59

59 + (52 + 5) = 89

89 + (72 + 7) = 145

145 + (112 + 11) = 277

277 +  (132 + 13) = 459

So the value of Q is 59 

From options

Option a)

(P - Q) = 39

(55 - 59) = - 4

Option a) is wrong 

Option b)

2P > (3Q - 10)

(2 ×  55) > (59 × 3 - 10)

(110) ⊁ (117 ) 

Option b) is wrong 

Option c) 

(3P + 4Q) < (2P + 5Q)

(3 ×  55 + 4 ×  59) < (2×  55 + 5 ×  59) 

(401) < (405)

Option c) is correct

Option d) 

 (2Q - P) = 34

(2 ×  59 - 55) = 63

So option d is wrong

113

The given following series I and II are different logical patterns solve the following questions

Series I: 100, 120, 150, 192, 248,P

Series II: Q, 25, 47, 138, 549,2742

Which of the following options is correct?

  1. ((a))

    (5Q - P) = 34

  2. ((b))

    (3Q + P) > (2P - 4Q)

  3. ((c))

    (4P + Q) < (10Q - P)

  4. ((d))

    (3P - 10) > (8Q + 30)

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

(3P - 10) > (8Q + 30)

Solution:

Series I:

100  + (4 ×  5) = 120

120 + (5 ×  6) = 150

150 + ( 6 ×  7) = 192

192 + (7 ×  8) = 248

248 + (8 × 9) = 320

Thus the value of P = 320

Series II: 

28    

(28 ×  1 - 3) = 25

(25 ×  2 - 3) = 47

(47 ×  3 - 3) = 138

(138 ×  4 - 3) = 549

(549 ×  5 - 3) = 2742    

Thus the value of Q = 28

From the options

Option a) 

(5Q - P) = 34

(5 ×  28 - 320) = (140 - 320) = (- 180)

Option a) is wrong 

Option b)

(3Q + P) > (2P - 4Q)

(3 ×  28 + 320) > (2 ×  320 - 4 ×  28) 

(404) > (528)

Option b is wrong

Option c)

(4P + Q) < (10Q - P)

(4 ×  320 + 28) < (28 ×  10 - 320)

(1308) < (- 40) 

Option c is wrong

Option d)

(3P - 10) > (8Q + 30)

(3 ×  320 - 10) > (28 ×  8 + 30) 

(960 - 10) > (254)

950 > 254 

Option d is correct

114

The ratio of the speed of a boat in still water to the speed of the stream is 4:1. The boat takes a total of 10 hours to travel 100 km downstream and 30 km upstream. If the speed of the boat in downstream is z km/hr, then the time taken by it to travel 216 km in still water will be:

  1. ((a))

    (z + 5) hours

  2. ((b))

    (2z - 12) hours

  3. ((c))

    (1.5z - 6) hours

  4. ((d))

    (0.5z + 10) hours

  5. ((e))

    (z - 3) hours

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

(2z - 12) hours

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of Speed of Boat (u) : Speed of Stream (v) = 4 : 1

Downstream speed (D) = 4 + 1 = 5 units; Upstream speed (U) = 4 − 1 = 3 units.

Total time = 100/5k + 30/3k = 20/k + 10/k = 30/k = 10 hours ⇒ k = 3.

Downstream speed z = 5 × 3 = 15 km/hr; Still water speed = 4 × 3 = 12 km/hr.

Time for 216 km = 216 ÷ 12 = 18 hours. Check options: 2(15) − 12 = 18.

∴ The correct answer is (2z - 12) hr.

Alternate Method

Given: Ratio of boat speed (u) to stream speed (v) = 4 : 1. Total distance DS = 100 km, US = 30 km. Total time = 10 hr.

Formula Used: Time = Distance ÷ Speed; Downstream (D) = u + v; Upstream (U) = u − v

⇒ Let u = 4k and v = k. Then D = 5k and U = 3k.

⇒ 100/(5k) + 30/(3k) = 10

⇒ 20/k + 10/k = 10 ⇒ 30/k = 10 ⇒ k = 3 km/hr.

⇒ Downstream speed z = 5k = 5 × 3 = 15 km/hr.

⇒ Speed of boat in still water (u) = 4k = 4 × 3 = 12 km/hr.

⇒ Time to travel 216 km in still water = 216 ÷ 12 = 18 hours.

⇒ Comparing with z = 15: 2z − 12 = 2(15) − 12 = 30 − 12 = 18.

∴ The correct answer is (2z - 12) hr.

Additional Information

Downstream and Upstream Speeds

Downstream Speed (D) = u + v and Upstream Speed (U) = u − v, where u is boat speed and v is stream speed.

Still Water Speed Calculation

The speed of the boat in still water can also be expressed as u = (D + U) ÷ 2.

Stream Speed Calculation

The speed of the stream can be expressed as v = (D − U) ÷ 2.

Directions: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow.

The table below shows partial data regarding the distribution of employees into Managers and Clerks, and their gender, across five different companies (A, B, C, D, and E).

CompanyTotal EmployeesRatio of Managers to ClerksTotal Male EmployeesNumber of Female Managers
A8001:348080
B12001:5-120
C1000-500100
D-1:21050150
E9002:7360-

Additional Notes:

  1. The total number of employees in all five companies combined is 5400.
  2. The total number of managers in company C is 300.
  3. The total number of female employees in company B is 540.
  4. The number of male clerks in company E is 220.
115

Find the total number of female clerks in all five companies together. 

  1. ((a))

    1840

  2. ((b))

    1760

  3. ((c))

    1920

  4. ((d))

    1880

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

1840

General Solution:

Known totals: A = 800, B = 1200, C = 1000, E = 900 ⇒ sum = 3,900 ⇒ D total = 5,400 − 3,900 = 1,500.

Use ratios to get Managers (M) and Clerks (Ck):

A (1:3): Managers = 800 × 1/4 = 200; Clerks = 600

B (1:5): Managers = 1200 × 1/6 = 200; Clerks = 1000

C: Managers given = 300; Clerks = 700

D (1:2): Managers = 1500 × 1/3 = 500; Clerks = 1000

E (2:7): Managers = 900 × 2/9 = 200; Clerks = 700

Use given male totals / female totals:

Company A: Total male = 480 ⇒ male managers = 200 − 80 = 120; male clerks = 480 − 120 = 360; female clerks = 600 − 360 = 240; female total = 320.

Company B: Female total = 540 ⇒ male total = 1200 − 540 = 660. Male managers = 200 − 120 = 80; male clerks = 660 − 80 = 580; female clerks = 1000 − 580 = 420.

Company C: Total male = 500 ⇒ male managers = 300 − 100 = 200; male clerks = 500 − 200 = 300; female clerks = 700 − 300 = 400.

Company D: Total male = 1050 ⇒ male managers = 500 − 150 = 350; male clerks = 1050 − 350 = 700; female clerks = 1000 − 700 = 300; female total = 450.

Company E: Total male = 360 (given), male clerks = 220 (given) ⇒ male managers = 360 − 220 = 140; female managers = 200 − 140 = 60; female clerks = 700 − 220 = 480; female total = 540.

Calculation:

Female clerks: A = 240, B = 420, C = 400, D = 300, E = 480.

Total = 240 + 420 + 400 + 300 + 480 = 1,840

Hence, the correct answer is 1,840.

116

Find the difference between the total number of male employees in all five companies and the total number of female employees in all five companies.

  1. ((a))

    600

  2. ((b))

    700

  3. ((c))

    750

  4. ((d))

    650

  5. ((e))

    800

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

700

General Solution:

Known totals: A = 800, B = 1200, C = 1000, E = 900 ⇒ sum = 3,900 ⇒ D total = 5,400 − 3,900 = 1,500.

Use ratios to get Managers (M) and Clerks (Ck):

A (1:3): Managers = 800 × 1/4 = 200; Clerks = 600

B (1:5): Managers = 1200 × 1/6 = 200; Clerks = 1000

C: Managers given = 300; Clerks = 700

D (1:2): Managers = 1500 × 1/3 = 500; Clerks = 1000

E (2:7): Managers = 900 × 2/9 = 200; Clerks = 700

Use given male totals / female totals:

Company A: Total male = 480 ⇒ male managers = 200 − 80 = 120; male clerks = 480 − 120 = 360; female clerks = 600 − 360 = 240; female total = 320.

Company B: Female total = 540 ⇒ male total = 1200 − 540 = 660. Male managers = 200 − 120 = 80; male clerks = 660 − 80 = 580; female clerks = 1000 − 580 = 420.

Company C: Total male = 500 ⇒ male managers = 300 − 100 = 200; male clerks = 500 − 200 = 300; female clerks = 700 − 300 = 400.

Company D: Total male = 1050 ⇒ male managers = 500 − 150 = 350; male clerks = 1050 − 350 = 700; female clerks = 1000 − 700 = 300; female total = 450.

Company E: Total male = 360 (given), male clerks = 220 (given) ⇒ male managers = 360 − 220 = 140; female managers = 200 − 140 = 60; female clerks = 700 − 220 = 480; female total = 540.

Calculation:

Total male = A(480) + B(660) + C(500) + D(1050) + E(360) = 3,050

Total female = 5,400 − 3,050 = 2,350

Difference = 3,050 − 2,350 = 700

Hence, the correct answer is 700.

117

If 25% of the female managers from company E leave the company and are replaced by an equal number of new male managers, what will be the new total number of male managers in company E?

  1. ((a))

    125

  2. ((b))

    155

  3. ((c))

    145

  4. ((d))

    160

  5. ((e))

    150

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

155

General Solution:

Known totals: A = 800, B = 1200, C = 1000, E = 900 ⇒ sum = 3,900 ⇒ D total = 5,400 − 3,900 = 1,500.

Use ratios to get Managers (M) and Clerks (Ck):

A (1:3): Managers = 800 × 1/4 = 200; Clerks = 600

B (1:5): Managers = 1200 × 1/6 = 200; Clerks = 1000

C: Managers given = 300; Clerks = 700

D (1:2): Managers = 1500 × 1/3 = 500; Clerks = 1000

E (2:7): Managers = 900 × 2/9 = 200; Clerks = 700

Use given male totals / female totals:

Company A: Total male = 480 ⇒ male managers = 200 − 80 = 120; male clerks = 480 − 120 = 360; female clerks = 600 − 360 = 240; female total = 320.

Company B: Female total = 540 ⇒ male total = 1200 − 540 = 660. Male managers = 200 − 120 = 80; male clerks = 660 − 80 = 580; female clerks = 1000 − 580 = 420.

Company C: Total male = 500 ⇒ male managers = 300 − 100 = 200; male clerks = 500 − 200 = 300; female clerks = 700 − 300 = 400.

Company D: Total male = 1050 ⇒ male managers = 500 − 150 = 350; male clerks = 1050 − 350 = 700; female clerks = 1000 − 700 = 300; female total = 450.

Company E: Total male = 360 (given), male clerks = 220 (given) ⇒ male managers = 360 − 220 = 140; female managers = 200 − 140 = 60; female clerks = 700 − 220 = 480; female total = 540.

 

Calculation:

Female managers in E = 60. 25% leave ⇒ 0.25 × 60 = 15 leave.

They are replaced by 15 new male managers ⇒ male managers increase from 140 to 140 + 15 = 155.

Hence, the correct answer is 155.

118

The total number of female employees in company D is what percentage of the total number of male employees in company A?

  1. ((a))

    80.11%

  2. ((b))

    106.67%

  3. ((c))

    75.33%

  4. ((d))

    93.75%

  5. ((e))

    110.54%

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

93.75%

General Solution:

Known totals: A = 800, B = 1200, C = 1000, E = 900 ⇒ sum = 3,900 ⇒ D total = 5,400 − 3,900 = 1,500.

Use ratios to get Managers (M) and Clerks (Ck):

A (1:3): Managers = 800 × 1/4 = 200; Clerks = 600

B (1:5): Managers = 1200 × 1/6 = 200; Clerks = 1000

C: Managers given = 300; Clerks = 700

D (1:2): Managers = 1500 × 1/3 = 500; Clerks = 1000

E (2:7): Managers = 900 × 2/9 = 200; Clerks = 700

Use given male totals / female totals:

Company A: Total male = 480 ⇒ male managers = 200 − 80 = 120; male clerks = 480 − 120 = 360; female clerks = 600 − 360 = 240; female total = 320.

Company B: Female total = 540 ⇒ male total = 1200 − 540 = 660. Male managers = 200 − 120 = 80; male clerks = 660 − 80 = 580; female clerks = 1000 − 580 = 420.

Company C: Total male = 500 ⇒ male managers = 300 − 100 = 200; male clerks = 500 − 200 = 300; female clerks = 700 − 300 = 400.

Company D: Total male = 1050 ⇒ male managers = 500 − 150 = 350; male clerks = 1050 − 350 = 700; female clerks = 1000 − 700 = 300; female total = 450.

Company E: Total male = 360 (given), male clerks = 220 (given) ⇒ male managers = 360 − 220 = 140; female managers = 200 − 140 = 60; female clerks = 700 − 220 = 480; female total = 540.

Calculation:

Female total (D) = 450.

Male total (A) = 480.

Percentage = (450 / 480) × 100 = 93.75%.

Hence, the correct answer is 93.75%.

119

What is the ratio of male managers in company C to male clerks in company B?

  1. ((a))

    10:29

  2. ((b))

    5:14

  3. ((c))

    1:2

  4. ((d))

    10:27

  5. ((e))

    5:16

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

10:29

General Solution:

Known totals: A = 800, B = 1200, C = 1000, E = 900 ⇒ sum = 3,900 ⇒ D total = 5,400 − 3,900 = 1,500.

Use ratios to get Managers (M) and Clerks (Ck):

A (1:3): Managers = 800 × 1/4 = 200; Clerks = 600

B (1:5): Managers = 1200 × 1/6 = 200; Clerks = 1000

C: Managers given = 300; Clerks = 700

D (1:2): Managers = 1500 × 1/3 = 500; Clerks = 1000

E (2:7): Managers = 900 × 2/9 = 200; Clerks = 700

Use given male totals / female totals:

Company A: Total male = 480 ⇒ male managers = 200 − 80 = 120; male clerks = 480 − 120 = 360; female clerks = 600 − 360 = 240; female total = 320.

Company B: Female total = 540 ⇒ male total = 1200 − 540 = 660. Male managers = 200 − 120 = 80; male clerks = 660 − 80 = 580; female clerks = 1000 − 580 = 420.

Company C: Total male = 500 ⇒ male managers = 300 − 100 = 200; male clerks = 500 − 200 = 300; female clerks = 700 − 300 = 400.

Company D: Total male = 1050 ⇒ male managers = 500 − 150 = 350; male clerks = 1050 − 350 = 700; female clerks = 1000 − 700 = 300; female total = 450.

Company E: Total male = 360 (given), male clerks = 220 (given) ⇒ male managers = 360 − 220 = 140; female managers = 200 − 140 = 60; female clerks = 700 − 220 = 480; female total = 540.

Calculation:

Ratio of male managers in C to male clerks in B:

Male managers (C) = 200.

Male clerks (B) = 580.

Ratio = 200 : 580 = 10 : 29.

Hence, the correct answer is 10 : 29.

120

Arjun borrowed Rs. 20,000 from Bank A and Rs. 10,000 from Bank B, both for a period of two years. Bank A was supposed to charge 10% p.a. simple interest, and Bank B was supposed to charge 20% p.a. interest compounded annually. By mistake, Arjun swapped the interest terms. He repaid the loan from Bank A (Rs. 20,000) at 20% p.a. compound interest and the loan from Bank B (Rs. 10,000) at 10% p.a. simple interest. How much more/less amount did Bank A and Bank B receive, respectively, due to this mistake?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 4,800 more and Rs. 2,400 less

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 4,800 more and Rs. 2,000 less 

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 4,000 more and Rs. 2,400 less 

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 4,400 more and Rs. 2,200 less 

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 4,800 less and Rs. 2,400 more

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Rs. 4,800 more and Rs. 2,400 less

Shortcut Trick

Bank A: Interest changed from 10% SI to 20% CI for 2 years on ₹20,000.

Initial Interest = 10% × 2 = 20%; Final Interest = 20 + 20 + (20×20)/100 = 44%.

Difference for A = (44% − 20%) of ₹20,000 = 24% of ₹20,000 = ₹4,800 more.

Bank B: Interest changed from 20% CI to 10% SI for 2 years on ₹10,000.

Initial Interest = 20 + 20 + (20×20)/100 = 44%; Final Interest = 10% × 2 = 20%.

Difference for B = (20% − 44%) of ₹10,000 = −24% of ₹10,000 = ₹2,400 less.

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 4,800 more and Rs. 2,400 less.

Alternate Method

Bank A (Principal = ₹20,000):

⇒ Intended Interest (SI) = (20,000 × 10 × 2) ÷ 100 = ₹4,000

⇒ Actual Interest (CI) = 20,000 × [(1 + 20/100)2 − 1] = 20,000 × [1.44 − 1] = ₹8,800

⇒ Difference for Bank A = 8,800 − 4,000 = ₹4,800 more

Bank B (Principal = ₹10,000):

⇒ Intended Interest (CI) = 10,000 × [(1 + 20/100)2 − 1] = 10,000 × [1.44 − 1] = ₹4,400

⇒ Actual Interest (SI) = (10,000 × 10 × 2) ÷ 100 = ₹2,000

⇒ Difference for Bank B = 2,000 − 4,400 = ₹2,400 less

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 4,800 more and Rs. 2,400 less.

Additional Information

Simple Interest (SI) Formula

SI = (P × R × T) ÷ 100, where P is Principal, R is Rate per annum, and T is Time in years.

Compound Interest (CI) Formula

CI = P × [(1 + R/100)n − 1], where n is the number of compounding periods.

Effective Rate for 2 Years CI

Effective Rate = R + R + (R×R)/100. For 20% p.a., it is 20 + 20 + 4 = 44%.

121

P and Q started a business with initial investments of Rs. 5,000 and Rs. 8,000, respectively. After n months, P added Rs. 1,000 to his investment and Q withdrew Rs. 2,000 from his investment. At the same time, R entered the business investing Rs. 10,000. If the total profit earned at the end of the year (12 months) is Rs. 70,000 and the profit share of Q is Rs. 28,000, then find the profit share of R.

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 18,000

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 20,000

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 22,000

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 24,000

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 16,000

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rs. 20,000

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of Profit Share = Ratio of Investment × Time.

Total profit = Rs. 70,000. Q share = Rs. 28,000 ⇒ Q share = 2/5 of total profit.

Q investment: (8000 × n) + (6000 × (12 − n)) = 72000 + 2000n.

Total effective investment = (P) 60000 + 1000n + (Q) 72000 + 2000n + (R) 10000(12 − n).

Equating Q share to 2/5 total investment gives n = 4.

R share ratio = 10000 × (12 − 4) = 80000. Total effective investment units = 200000. R share = (80/200) × 70000 = Rs. 20,000.

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 20,000.

Alternate Method

Given: Initial P = Rs. 5,000, Q = Rs. 8,000. After n months: P = Rs. 6,000, Q = Rs. 6,000, R = Rs. 10,000. Total time = 12 months. Formulas: Profit Share = (Investment1 × Time1) + (Investment2 × Time2).

⇒ Investment of P = 5000n + 6000(12 − n) = 72000 − 1000n ⇒ Investment of Q = 8000n + 6000(12 − n) = 72000 + 2000n ⇒ Investment of R = 10000(12 − n) = 120000 − 10000n ⇒ Total Investment = (72000 − 1000n) + (72000 + 2000n) + (120000 − 10000n) = 264000 − 9000n ⇒ Q share: (72000 + 2000n) / (264000 − 9000n) = 28000 / 70000 = 2/5 ⇒ 5(72 + 2n) = 2(264 − 9n) ⇒ 360 + 10n = 528 − 18n ⇒ 28n = 168 ⇒ n = 6 ⇒ R investment = 120000 − 10000(6) = 60000. Total investment = 264000 − 9000(6) = 210000. ⇒ R profit = (60000 / 210000) × 70000 = Rs. 20,000.

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 20,000.

Additional Information

Partnership Investment Rule

When multiple partners invest for different time periods, the profit is divided based on the product of Capital × Duration.

Variable Investment

If a partner changes their capital mid-way, effective capital = (C1 × T1) + (C2 × T2).

122

What approximate value will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following question?

(62.5% of 5259.89 – 49.99% of 939.89) × 6.06 = (?)2

  1. ((a))

    130

  2. ((b))

    129

  3. ((c))

    131

  4. ((d))

    132

  5. ((e))

    133

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

130

Calculation:

(62.5% of 5259.89 – 49.99% of 939.89) × 6.06 = (?)2

( 3287.5 - 470 ) × 6 = (?)2

(?)2 = 2817.5 × 6 = 16905

? = 130

The approximate value that comes in the place of the (?) is 130.

123

What approximate value will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following question? 

21.67 × ? + 44.144 = 125.75% of 480.03 + 56.09 × 8.99

  1. ((a))

    48

  2. ((b))

    46

  3. ((c))

    47

  4. ((d))

    49

  5. ((e))

    50

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

48

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in 'Brackets' must be solved first, and following BODMAS rule in the bracket -

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

Step 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

Step 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be calculated.

Since, we need to find out the approximate value, we can write these values to their nearest integers.

Calculation:

21.67 × ? + 44.144 = 125.75% of 480.03 + 56.09 × 8.99

21.67 × ? + 44.144 = 603.637725 + 504.2491

21.67 × ? + 44.144 = 604 + 504 = 1108

21.67 × ? = 1108 - 44.144

? = 1064 / 22 = 48.36

? = 48

The approximate value that comes in place of (?) is 48.

124

What approximate value should come in the place of question mark (?) in the following question?

1617.001 + 617.345 + 61.700 + 6.0117 + 0.6117 + 6.00117 = ?

  1. ((a))

    2300

  2. ((b))

    2309

  3. ((c))

    2325

  4. ((d))

    2330

  5. ((e))

    2381

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

2309

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in 'Brackets' must be solved first, and following BODMAS rule in the bracket -

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

Step - 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

Step - 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be calculated.

Since, we need to find out the approximate value, we can write these values to their nearest integers.

Given expression is

1617.001 + 617.345 + 61.700 + 6.0117 + 0.6117 + 6.00117 = ?

⇒ 1617 + 617 + 62 + 6 + 0.5 + 6 = ?

⇒ 1617 + 617 + 62 + 6 + 0.5 + 6 = ?

⇒ ? ≈ 2309

Hence, 2309 will come in the place of (?).

125

What approximate value should come in the place of question mark (?) in the following question?

(6.77)2 + 17.86 × 24.38 – 463.75 ÷ 28.88 + 32.99 = ?

  1. ((a))

    488

  2. ((b))

    498

  3. ((c))

    510

  4. ((d))

    456

  5. ((e))

    467

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

498

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in 'Brackets' must be solved first, and following BODMAS rule in the bracket -

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

Step - 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

Step - 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be calculated.

Since, we need to find out the approximate value, we can write these values to their nearest integers.

Given expression is

(6.77)2 + 17.86 × 24.38 – 463.75 ÷ 28.88 + 32.99 = ?

⇒ (7)2 + 18 × 24 – 464 ÷ 29 + 33 = ?

⇒ 49 + 432 – 16 + 33 = ?

⇒  49 + 432 – 16 + 33 = ?

⇒ 498 = ?

Hence, 498 will come in the place of (?).

126

What approximate value will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following question?

25.9922 + 39.1022 = 8.992+ 26.992 + 10.992 +?2

  1. ((a))

    36

  2. ((b))

    34

  3. ((c))

    33

  4. ((d))

    32

  5. ((e))

    35

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

36

Calculation:

25.9922 + 39.1022 = 8.992+ 26.992 + 10.992 +?2

676 + 1521 = 81 + 729 + 121 + ?2

2197 = 931 + ?2

?2 = 1266

? = 35.5 = 36

The approximate value that comes in the place of (?) is 36.

127

Compound interest received on ₹ ‘x’ after 2 years at R% rate of interest compounded annually, is ₹ 1700 more than that received on ₹ (x – 4000) after 1 year at R% rate of interest compounded half-yearly. If the compound interest received on ₹ (x – 2000) at 20% rate after 2 years is ₹ 4400, then find the value of R?

  1. ((a))

    8%

  2. ((b))

    12%

  3. ((c))

    10%

  4. ((d))

    5%

  5. ((e))

    15%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

10%

Shortcut Trick

From the second condition, CI on (x − 2000) at 20% for 2 years is ₹4400. Using net percentage 20 + 20 + (20×20)/100 = 44%.

44% of (x − 2000) = 4400(x − 2000) = 10000x = 12000.

First case: Principal = 12000, Time = 2 yrs. Second case: Principal = 8000, Time = 1 yr (2 half-years), Rate = R/2.

By testing options: if R = 10%, CI1 = 12000 × 21% = 2520; CI2 = 8000 × 10.25% = 820. Difference = 2520 − 820 = 1700. Condition satisfied.

∴ The correct answer is 10%.

Alternate Method

Given: CI on (x − 2000) for 2 years at 20% = ₹4400.

Formula: CI = P[(1 + R/100)n − 1]

⇒ 4400 = (x − 2000) × [(1 + 20/100)2 − 1]

⇒ 4400 = (x − 2000) × [1.44 − 1] ⇒ 4400 = (x − 2000) × 0.44

⇒ (x − 2000) = 10000 ⇒ x = ₹12000

Now, according to the first condition:

⇒ CI1 (on 12000, 2 yrs, R%) − CI2 (on 8000, 1 yr, R% half-yearly) = 1700

⇒ 12000 × [(1 + R/100)2 − 1] − 8000 × [(1 + R/200)2 − 1] = 1700

⇒ Put R = 10: 12000 × 0.21 − 8000 × [(1.05)2 − 1] = 2520 − 8000 × 0.1025

⇒ 2520 − 820 = 1700. Hence, R = 10%.

∴ The correct answer is 10%.

Additional Information

Effective Interest Rate

For a rate R% compounded annually for 2 years, the effective CI rate is R + R + (R×R)/100.

Half-Yearly Compounding

When interest is compounded half-yearly, the rate is halved (R/2) and the number of periods is doubled (2n).

CI vs SI Difference

Difference for 2 years: D = P(R/100)2. This is the interest earned on the first year's interest.

128

A can contains 80 litres of pure milk. A milkman takes out 'N' litres of milk and replaces it with the same quantity of water. He repeats this process two more times. After the third operation, the can contains 33.75 litres of milk. Find the value of 'N'.

  1. ((a))

    10

  2. ((b))

    15

  3. ((c))

    20

  4. ((d))

    25

  5. ((e))

    30

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

20

Shortcut Trick

Final Quantity = Initial Quantity × (1 − N/Total)n

33.75 = 80 × (1 − N/80)3

33.75/80 = (1 − N/80)3 ⇒ 3375/8000 = (1 − N/80)3 ⇒ 27/64 = (1 − N/80)3

Taking cube root: 3/4 = 1 − N/80 ⇒ N/80 = 1/4 ⇒ N = 20 litres.

∴ The correct answer is 20 litres.

Alternate Method

Given:

Initial Quantity (Q) = 80 litres

Final Quantity (q) = 33.75 litres

Number of operations (n) = 3

Formula Used:

q = Q × (1 − N/Q)n

Calculations:

⇒ 33.75 = 80 × (1 − N/80)3

⇒ 33.75 / 80 = (1 − N/80)3

⇒ 3375 / 8000 = (1 − N/80)3

⇒ (15 / 20)3 = (1 − N/80)3

⇒ 3 / 4 = 1 − N/80

⇒ N / 80 = 1 − 3/4

⇒ N / 80 = 1/4

⇒ N = 80 / 4 = 20 litres

∴ The correct answer is 20 litres.

Additional Information

Successive Replacement Formula

For a solution where x units are replaced n times from total volume V: Remaining Original = V × (1 − x/V)n.

Ratio Method

The ratio of final milk to total volume after n operations is (Final Milk / Total Volume) = (Remaining Factor)n.

Mixture Alligation

Replacement problems are a specific case of alligation where one component being added is 0% of the original substance.

Directions: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow.

Five companies, A, B, C, D, and E manufacture three types of toys: Earthen, Wooden, and Metallic.

The bar graph given below shows the sum of the number of Earthen and Wooden toys (E + W) and the sum of the number of Earthen and Metallic toys (E + M) manufactured by each of the five companies.

The table below shows the total number of toys (Earthen + Wooden + Metallic) manufactured by each company.

CompanyTotal Toys (E + W + M)
A300
B450
C500
D400
E500
129

The manufacturing cost of an Earthen toy is ₹20, a Wooden toy is ₹50, and a Metallic toy is ₹80. If Company B sells 70% of its Earthen toys and 80% of its Metallic toys, what is the total revenue generated from these two types of toys?

  1. ((a))

    ₹14,900

  2. ((b))

    ₹15,200

  3. ((c))

    ₹16,300

  4. ((d))

    ₹13,800

  5. ((e))

    ₹14,500

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

₹14,900

General Solution:

Given:

CompanyE + WE + MTotal (E + W + M)
A200220300
B250350450
C350350500
D220280400
E400280500

Formula: E = (E+W) + (E+M) − Total ; W = (E+W) − E ; M = (E+M) − E

Company A: E = 200 + 220 − 300 = 120; W = 200 − 120 = 80; M = 220 − 120 = 100

Company B: E = 250 + 350 − 450 = 150; W = 250 − 150 = 100; M = 350 − 150 = 200

Company C: E = 350 + 350 − 500 = 200; W = 350 − 200 = 150; M = 350 − 200 = 150

Company D: E = 220 + 280 − 400 = 100; W = 220 − 100 = 120; M = 280 − 100 = 180

Company E: E = 400 + 280 − 500 = 180; W = 400 − 180 = 220; M = 280 − 180 = 100

Calculations:

Company B: E = 150, M = 200

Sold E = 0.70 × 150 = 105 pieces @ ₹20 each ⇒ revenue = 105 × 20 = ₹2,100

Sold M = 0.80 × 200 = 160 pieces @ ₹80 each ⇒ revenue = 160 × 80 = ₹12,800

Total revenue = 2,100 + 12,800 = ₹14,900

Hence, the correct answer is ₹14,900

130

Company F manufactures 25% more Earthen toys than Company E. The number of Wooden toys manufactured by Company F is equal to the average number of Wooden toys manufactured by companies A and D. If the total number of toys manufactured by Company F is 500, what is the number of Metallic toys manufactured by Company F?

  1. ((a))

    125

  2. ((b))

    250

  3. ((c))

    175

  4. ((d))

    100

  5. ((e))

    225

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

175

General Solution:

Given:

CompanyE + WE + MTotal (E + W + M)
A200220300
B250350450
C350350500
D220280400
E400280500

Formula: E = (E+W) + (E+M) − Total ; W = (E+W) − E ; M = (E+M) − E

Company A: E = 200 + 220 − 300 = 120; W = 200 − 120 = 80; M = 220 − 120 = 100

Company B: E = 250 + 350 − 450 = 150; W = 250 − 150 = 100; M = 350 − 150 = 200

Company C: E = 350 + 350 − 500 = 200; W = 350 − 200 = 150; M = 350 − 200 = 150

Company D: E = 220 + 280 − 400 = 100; W = 220 − 100 = 120; M = 280 − 100 = 180

Company E: E = 400 + 280 − 500 = 180; W = 400 − 180 = 220; M = 280 − 180 = 100

Calculations:

Company E: EE = 180. Company F makes 25% more Earthen ⇒ EF = 180 × 1.25 = 225

WF = average of WA and WD = (80 + 120) / 2 = 100

Total F = 500 ⇒ MF = 500 − 225 − 100 = 175

Hence, the correct answer is 175.

131

Find the difference between the average number of Wooden toys manufactured by companies A, C, and E, and the average number of Metallic toys manufactured by companies B and D.

  1. ((a))

    40

  2. ((b))

    60

  3. ((c))

    30

  4. ((d))

    45

  5. ((e))

    55

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

40

General Solution:

Given:

CompanyE + WE + MTotal (E + W + M)
A200220300
B250350450
C350350500
D220280400
E400280500

Formula: E = (E+W) + (E+M) − Total ; W = (E+W) − E ; M = (E+M) − E

Company A: E = 200 + 220 − 300 = 120; W = 200 − 120 = 80; M = 220 − 120 = 100

Company B: E = 250 + 350 − 450 = 150; W = 250 − 150 = 100; M = 350 − 150 = 200

Company C: E = 350 + 350 − 500 = 200; W = 350 − 200 = 150; M = 350 − 200 = 150

Company D: E = 220 + 280 − 400 = 100; W = 220 − 100 = 120; M = 280 − 100 = 180

Company E: E = 400 + 280 − 500 = 180; W = 400 − 180 = 220; M = 280 − 180 = 100

Calculations:

Average Wooden (A,C,E) = (80 + 150 + 220) / 3 = 450 / 3 = 150

Average Metallic (B,D) = (200 + 180) / 2 = 380 / 2 = 190

Difference = 150 − 190 = −40 ⇒ absolute difference = 40

Hence, the correct answer is 40.

132

The total number of Earthen toys manufactured by Companies B and D together is what percentage more than the total number of Metallic toys manufactured by Company A?

  1. ((a))

    120%

  2. ((b))

    250%

  3. ((c))

    100%

  4. ((d))

    150%

  5. ((e))

    175%

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

150%

General Solution:

Given:

CompanyE + WE + MTotal (E + W + M)
A200220300
B250350450
C350350500
D220280400
E400280500

Formula: E = (E+W) + (E+M) − Total ; W = (E+W) − E ; M = (E+M) − E

Company A: E = 200 + 220 − 300 = 120; W = 200 − 120 = 80; M = 220 − 120 = 100

Company B: E = 250 + 350 − 450 = 150; W = 250 − 150 = 100; M = 350 − 150 = 200

Company C: E = 350 + 350 − 500 = 200; W = 350 − 200 = 150; M = 350 − 200 = 150

Company D: E = 220 + 280 − 400 = 100; W = 220 − 100 = 120; M = 280 − 100 = 180

Company E: E = 400 + 280 − 500 = 180; W = 400 − 180 = 220; M = 280 − 180 = 100

Calculations:

Earthen B + D = 150 + 100 = 250

Metallic A = 100

Percentage more = ((250 − 100) / 100) × 100 = 150%

Hence, the correct answer is 150%.

133

Find the ratio of the number of Wooden toys manufactured by Company A to the number of Metallic toys manufactured by Company C.

  1. ((a))

    8:15

  2. ((b))

    5:9

  3. ((c))

    4:7

  4. ((d))

    7:15

  5. ((e))

    6:7

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

8:15

General Solution:

Given:

CompanyE + WE + MTotal (E + W + M)
A200220300
B250350450
C350350500
D220280400
E400280500

Formula: E = (E+W) + (E+M) − Total ; W = (E+W) − E ; M = (E+M) − E

Company A: E = 200 + 220 − 300 = 120; W = 200 − 120 = 80; M = 220 − 120 = 100

Company B: E = 250 + 350 − 450 = 150; W = 250 − 150 = 100; M = 350 − 150 = 200

Company C: E = 350 + 350 − 500 = 200; W = 350 − 200 = 150; M = 350 − 200 = 150

Company D: E = 220 + 280 − 400 = 100; W = 220 − 100 = 120; M = 280 − 100 = 180

Company E: E = 400 + 280 − 500 = 180; W = 400 − 180 = 220; M = 280 − 180 = 100

Calculations:

Ratio of Wooden (A) to Metallic (C)

WA : MC = 80 : 150 = 8 : 15

Hence, the correct answer is 8 : 15.​

134

Directions: Two quantities A and B are given in the following questions. You have to find the value to both A and B by using your knowledge of mathematics and choose the most suitable relation between the magnitude of A and B from the given options.

Quantity A - Probability of getting a heart card (excluding face cards) in first and face card in the second pick from a deck (card once drawn is not replaced)

Quantity B - Fraction. When 3 is added to both numerator and denominator, the fraction becomes 1 / 5 and when 3 is added to the numerator and 1 is subtracted from denominator, the fraction becomes 1 / 4.

  1. ((a))

    Quantity A ≥ Quantity B

  2. ((b))

    Quantity A ≤ Quantity B

  3. ((c))

    Quantity A = Quantity B or no relationship can be established

  4. ((d))

    Quantity A > Quantity B

  5. ((e))

    Quantity A < Quantity B

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Quantity A < Quantity B

Quantity A -

Card of heart other than King, Queen, and Jack is picked in first try and face card in second.

Probability = (10 / 52) × (12 / 51) [there are 12 face cards and 10 heart cards other than face cards of heart]

Quantity A: 40/ (52 × 17)  = 10/221

Quantity B -

Let fraction be x / y

According to conditions,

(x + 3) / (y + 3) = 1 / 5

5x + 15 = y + 3   ----(i)

(x + 3) / (y - 1) = 1 / 4

4x + 12 = y – 1   ----(ii)

Solving both, x = 1 and y = 17

So, Quantity B = 1/17

Hence, Quantity A < Quantity B

135

Directions: Given question contains two statements numbered as Quantity I and Quantity II. On solving these statements, we get quantities I and II respectively. Solve both quantities and choose the correct option.

Quantity I: When a boat travels upstream then its speed becomes 75% of the speed of the boat in still water. The speed of the stream is how much percentage of the speed of the boat in still water?

Quantity II: When a sum of money was invested at a simple interest then at the end of 8 years the amount becomes 300% of the sum of money. Find the rate of interest?

  1. ((a))

    Quantity II ≤ Quantity I

  2. ((b))

    Quantity I > Quantity II

  3. ((c))

    Quantity II ≥ Quantity I

  4. ((d))

    Quantity I = Quantity II or No Relation

  5. ((e))

    Quantity II > Quantity I

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Quantity I = Quantity II or No Relation

Calculation:

Quantity I:

Let the speed of the boat in still water = x km per hour

The speed of the stream = y km per hour

According to the question,

⇒ x – y = 75% of x

⇒ 25x = 100y

⇒ x/y = 4 : 1

∴ Required Percentage = 1 × 100/4

⇒ 25%

Quantity II:

Let the sum of money = x

⇒ x + x × 8 × r/100 = 3x

⇒ x × 8 × r/100 = 2x

∴ r = 200/8

⇒ 25%

Quantity I = Quantity II

136

Directions: Given below are two quantities named I and II. Based on the given information, you have to determine the relation between the two quantities. You should use the given data and your knowledge of Mathematics to choose among the possible answers.

Quantity I: Rs. 7, 000 is divided between X and Y in the ratio 2 : 3.What is the difference between thrice the share of X and the share of Y?

Quantity II: A sum of money Rs. 1, 25, 000 is divided among 4 persons P, Q, R and S. It is divided in such a way that P’s share is (1 / 3)rd of Q's share, R's share is Rs. 25000 and S’s share is equals to P’s share. Find the share of Q.

  1. ((a))

    Quantity I ≤ Quantity II

  2. ((b))

    Quantity I ˃ Quantity II

  3. ((c))

    Quantity I ≥ Quantity II

  4. ((d))

    Quantity I ˂ Quantity II

  5. ((e))

    Quantity I = Quantity II

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Quantity I ˂ Quantity II

Quantity I:

X’s share = Rs. [7000 × (2/5)] ⇒ Rs. 2800

Y’s share = Rs. [7000 × (3/5)] ⇒ Rs. 4200

Thrice the share of X = Rs. 8400

⇒ Difference between thrice the share of X and the share of Y = Rs. 8400 - Rs. 4200

= Rs. 4200

Quantity II:

Let the Q's share be Rs. x

P's share + Q's share + R's share + S's share = 1, 25, 000

⇒ (x/3) + x + 25, 000 + [x/3] = 1, 25, 000

⇒ (5x/3) + 25000 = 1, 25, 000

⇒ 5x/3 = 1, 25, 000 - 25000

⇒ 5x = 3, 00, 000

⇒ x = 60, 000

∴ Quantity I < Quantity II

137

Anil travels from his home to his office, a total distance of 100 km. His usual speed is S km/hr. On Monday, after traveling D km, he hits a patch of construction, which reduces his speed to 25% of his usual speed for the rest of the journey. He reaches the office 3 hours late. On Tuesday, the construction patch has moved 20 km further down the road, so he hits it after traveling (d + 20) km. He again travels the rest of the journey at 25% of his usual speed and reaches the office 2 hours late. What is the time taken by him to travel (2d + 40) km at his usual speed S?

  1. ((a))

    1.5 hours

  2. ((b))

    2 hours

  3. ((c))

    2.5 hours

  4. ((d))

    3 hours

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

2 hours

Shortcut Trick

Shift in distance of construction = 20 km.

Reduction in delay = 3 hours − 2 hours = 1 hour.

Speed ratio at patch = 1 : 0.25 = 4 : 1 → Time ratio = 1 : 4 (Gap = 3 units).

For 20 km, 3 units of late time = 1 hour ∴ 1 unit (usual time for 20 km) = 1/3 hour.

Usual speed S = 20 ÷ (1/3) = 60 km/hr. Since 3 hours late for (100−d) km → (100−d)/15 − (100−d)/60 = 3 ⇒ d = 40 km.

Time for (2×40 + 40) = 120 km at 60 km/hr = 2 hours.

∴ The correct answer is 2 hr.

Alternate Method

Given: Total distance = 100 km, Reduced speed = 0.25S.

Formula: Time = Distance ÷ Speed | Delay = Timeslow − Timeusual

⇒ Delay for distance (100 − d) = (100 − d)/(0.25S) − (100 − d)/S = 3

⇒ (100 − d)/S × (4 − 1) = 3 ⇒ (100 − d)/S = 1 ... (Eq 1)

⇒ Delay for distance (100 − (d + 20)) = (80 − d)/(0.25S) − (80 − d)/S = 2

⇒ (80 − d)/S × 3 = 2 ⇒ (80 − d)/S = 2/3 ... (Eq 2)

⇒ Subtracting Eq 2 from Eq 1: (100 − d − 80 + d)/S = 1 − 2/3

⇒ 20/S = 1/3 ⇒ S = 60 km/hr

⇒ Put S in Eq 1: (100 − d)/60 = 1 ⇒ 100 − d = 60 ⇒ d = 40 km

⇒ Required Distance = 2d + 40 = 2(40) + 40 = 120 km

⇒ Time = 120 / 60 = 2 hours.

∴ The correct answer is 2 hr.

Additional Information

Speed-Time Relationship

When distance is constant, speed is inversely proportional to time (S ∝ 1/T). If speed becomes 1/n, time becomes n times the original.

Concept of Delay

Delay = Distance × [ (1/Sreduced) − (1/Susual) ]. This formula helps isolate the specific patch causing the time difference.

Relative Delay Shift

A shift in the point of speed reduction directly correlates the change in delay to the distance between the two points.

138

Priya purchased two types of electronics – Laptops and Mobiles, and paid a total of Rs. 1,80,000. The number of mobiles she purchased is 40% less than the number of laptops. The cost price of one laptop is 80% more than the cost price of one mobile. She sold all laptops at a 15% profit and all mobiles at a 35% profit. Her overall profit percentage on the entire transaction was (0.5X + 5)%. Find the value of X.

  1. ((a))

    20

  2. ((b))

    25

  3. ((c))

    30

  4. ((d))

    35

  5. ((e))

    40

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

30

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of Quantity (Mobiles : Laptops) = 60 : 100 = 3 : 5.

Ratio of Unit CP (Mobile : Laptop) = 100 : 180 = 5 : 9.

Ratio of Total CP (Mobile : Laptop) = (3 × 5) : (5 × 9) = 15 : 45 = 1 : 3.

Weighted Profit % = [(1 × 35) + (3 × 15)] ÷ (1 + 3) = (35 + 45) ÷ 4 = 20%.

Given 0.5X + 5 = 20 ⇒ 0.5X = 15 ⇒ X = 30.

∴ The correct answer is 30.

Alternate Method

Given: Total CP = Rs. 1,80,000 | Mobile quantity = Laptop quantity − 40% | Laptop CP = Mobile CP + 80% | Laptop Profit = 15% | Mobile Profit = 35%.

Formulas: Overall Profit % = (Total Profit ÷ Total CP) × 100 | Weighted Average = (n1p1 + n2p2) ÷ (n1 + n2).

⇒ Let Number of Laptops = 100n, then Number of Mobiles = 60n.

⇒ Let CP of one Mobile = 100c, then CP of one Laptop = 180c.

⇒ Total CP of Mobiles = 60n × 100c = 6000nc.

⇒ Total CP of Laptops = 100n × 180c = 18000nc.

⇒ Total Profit = (35% of 6000nc) + (15% of 18000nc) = 2100nc + 2700nc = 4800nc.

⇒ Overall Profit % = (4800nc ÷ 24000nc) × 100 = 20%.

⇒ 0.5X + 5 = 20 ⇒ 0.5X = 15 ⇒ X = 30.

∴ The correct answer is 30.

Additional Information

Weighted Average Profit

When different quantities are sold at different profit percentages, the net profit % is the weighted average of individual profit percentages based on their total cost values.

Percentage Change

Profit or loss is always calculated on the Cost Price (CP) unless stated otherwise. Profit = Selling Price (SP) − Cost Price (CP).

139

Rohan and Karan entered into a business with initial investments of Rs. (x2 + 2x) and Rs. 7x respectively. After 4 months, Rohan added Rs. 2x more to his investment, and Karan added Rs. (x + 10) more to his investment. If the ratio of the profit share of Rohan to Karan at the end of the year is 8:5, then find the value of x (given that x > 4).

  1. ((a))

    5

  2. ((b))

    8

  3. ((c))

    10

  4. ((d))

    12

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

10

Shortcut Trick Ratio of profit shares = Ratio of (Investment × Time). Rohan's investment: [(x2 + 2x) × 4] + [(x2 + 4x) × 8] = 12x2 + 40x. Karan's investment: [7x × 4] + [(8x + 10) × 8] = 92x + 80. Ratio (12x2 + 40x) ÷ (92x + 80) = 8 ÷ 5. On solving, 60x2 + 200x = 736x + 640 ⇒ 60x2 − 536x − 640 = 0. ∴ The correct answer is 10.

Alternate Method Given: Rohan's initial investment = Rs. (x2 + 2x), Karan's initial = Rs. 7x. Time = 12 months. Change after 4 months. Profit ratio Rohan : Karan = 8 : 5. Formulas: Profit Share = Investment × Time.

⇒ Rohan total investment-months = (x2 + 2x) × 4 + (x2 + 2x + 2x) × 8 ⇒ 4x2 + 8x + 8x2 + 32x = 12x2 + 40x ⇒ Karan total investment-months = 7x × 4 + (7x + x + 10) × 8 ⇒ 28x + 64x + 80 = 92x + 80 ⇒ (12x2 + 40x) ÷ (92x + 80) = 8 ÷ 5 ⇒ 5(12x2 + 40x) = 8(92x + 80) ⇒ 60x2 + 200x = 736x + 640 ⇒ 60x2 − 536x − 640 = 0 ⇒ 15x2 − 134x − 160 = 0 ⇒ 15x2 − 150x + 16x − 160 = 0 ⇒ 15x(x − 10) + 16(x − 10) = 0 ⇒ (x − 10)(15x + 16) = 0. Since x > 4, x = 10. ∴ The correct answer is 10.

Additional Information Partnership Basics Profit is divided in the ratio of the product of capital and time period: P1 : P2 = C1T1 : C2T2. Change in Capital When capital changes during the period, calculate equivalent capital for one month by summing (Amount × Duration) for each segment.

140

The amount of money Sumit gave to a charity is approximately 68.89% of the amount remaining with him. Had Sumit given 20% less money than he has given to the charity now, he would have Rs. 434 more than he has now. What approximate percent is Rs. 1596 of the total amount of money he had?

  1. ((a))

    25%

  2. ((b))

    30%

  3. ((c))

    35%

  4. ((d))

    20%

  5. ((e))

    40%

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

30%

Shortcut Trick

Let the amount given to charity be C and remaining amount be R.

If charity is reduced by 20%, that 20% of C becomes the extra amount he has: 20% of C = ₹434.

C = 434 × 5 = ₹2170.

Given C ≈ 68.89% of R → 2170 ≈ 0.6889 × RR₹3150.

Total amount = C + R = 2170 + 3150 = ₹5320.

Required % = (1596 ÷ 5320) × 100 = 30%.

∴ The correct answer is 30%.

Alternate Method

Given: Charity (C) = 68.89% of Remaining (R); Change in savings = ₹434 when charity decreases by 20%.

⇒ 20% of C = 434

C = (434 ÷ 20) × 100 = ₹2170

⇒ 2170 = 0.6889 × R

R = 2170 ÷ 0.6889 ≈ ₹3150

⇒ Total Money = C + R = 2170 + 3150 = ₹5320

⇒ Percentage = (1596 ÷ 5320) × 100

⇒ Percentage = 0.3 × 100 = 30%

∴ The correct answer is 30%.

Additional Information

Percentage Conversion

To convert a fraction to a percentage, multiply by 100. To find a value from a percentage, multiply the total by (percentage/100).

Approximation in Percentages

When dealing with values like 68.89%, check if they represent standard fractions (e.g., 68.89% ≈ 31/45 or similar) to simplify calculations in banking exams.

Income and Expenditure Logic

Total Money = Amount Spent (Charity) + Amount Saved (Remaining). Any reduction in expenditure directly increases the savings by the same absolute amount.

Reasoning Ability & Computer Aptitude (50 questions)

Directions: Read the information and answer the given questions.

Nine persons, namely, Priya, Kabir, Rohan, Zara, Yash, Meera, Vivek, Tanya, and Wasim, live in a three-storey building, but not necessarily in the same order. The ground floor is numbered 1, and the topmost floor is numbered 3. Each floor has three flats arranged from west to east as Flat-1, Flat-2, and Flat-3. Flat-1 of floor 2 is immediately above Flat-1 of floor 1 and immediately below Flat-1 of floor 3; the same vertical stacking applies to Flat-2 and Flat-3. The nine dance forms they practiced are: Kathak, Bharatanatyam, Odissi, Kuchipudi, Kathakali, Bhangra, Salsa, Hip-hop, and Contemporary, but not necessarily in the same order.

The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat.

141

Which one is correct combination?

  1. ((a))

    Kabir - Floor-2, Flat-3

  2. ((b))

    Meera - Floor-3, Flat-2

  3. ((c))

    Zara - Floor-3, Flat-3

  4. ((d))

    Wasim - Floor-1, Flat-1

  5. ((e))

    Tanya - Floor-2, Flat-1

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Wasim - Floor-1, Flat-1

  1. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3PriyaPriya
2KabirKabir
1

 

3. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. 

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1RohanRohan

 

  1. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no place for Zara.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan

 

6. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. 

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan- Odissi

 

  1. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -- Contemporary
2Kabir -Zara - SalsaKabir -Zara - Salsa
1Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -- Odissi

 

  1. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat.
  2. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat.
FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -Vivek - Contemporary
2Kabir -Tanya - KathakZara - SalsaKabir -Tanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -Wasim - Odissi

 

  1. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak.
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat.

Now, we can eliminate Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat. (i.e., Wasim practices Bhangra.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

13. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. (i.e., Priya practices Kathakali.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. (i.e., Rohan practices Hip-hop.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

This is our final arrangement,

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek - KuchipudiPriya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

Hence, the correct answer is Wasim - Floor-1, Flat-1.

142

Which dance form does Rohan practice?

  1. ((a))

    Kathak

  2. ((b))

    Salsa

  3. ((c))

    Bhangra

  4. ((d))

    Hip-Hop

  5. ((e))

    Odissi

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Hip-Hop

  1. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3PriyaPriya
2KabirKabir
1

 

3. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. 

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1RohanRohan

 

  1. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no place for Zara.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan

 

6. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. 

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan- Odissi

 

  1. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -- Contemporary
2Kabir -Zara - SalsaKabir -Zara - Salsa
1Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -- Odissi

 

  1. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat.
  2. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat.
FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -Vivek - Contemporary
2Kabir -Tanya - KathakZara - SalsaKabir -Tanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -Wasim - Odissi

 

  1. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak.
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat.

Now, we can eliminate Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat. (i.e., Wasim practices Bhangra.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

13. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. (i.e., Priya practices Kathakali.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. (i.e., Rohan practices Hip-hop.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

This is our final arrangement,

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek - KuchipudiPriya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

Hence, the correct answer is Hip-Hop.

143

Who practices Kuchipudi and on which floor do they live?

  1. ((a))

    Yash - Floor-3

  2. ((b))

    Tanya - Floor-1

  3. ((c))

    Meera - Floor-2

  4. ((d))

    Vivek - Floor-3

  5. ((e))

    Kabir - Floor-2

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Vivek - Floor-3

  1. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3PriyaPriya
2KabirKabir
1

 

3. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. 

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1RohanRohan

 

  1. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no place for Zara.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan

 

6. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. 

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan- Odissi

 

  1. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -- Contemporary
2Kabir -Zara - SalsaKabir -Zara - Salsa
1Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -- Odissi

 

  1. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat.
  2. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat.
FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -Vivek - Contemporary
2Kabir -Tanya - KathakZara - SalsaKabir -Tanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -Wasim - Odissi

 

  1. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak.
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat.

Now, we can eliminate Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat. (i.e., Wasim practices Bhangra.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

13. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. (i.e., Priya practices Kathakali.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. (i.e., Rohan practices Hip-hop.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

This is our final arrangement,

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek - KuchipudiPriya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

Hence, the correct answer is Vivek - Floor 3.

144

Which two persons live in the same flat-stack as Vivek?

  1. ((a))

    Wasim and Meera

  2. ((b))

    Kabir and Wasim

  3. ((c))

    Zara and Kabir

  4. ((d))

    Yash and Meera

  5. ((e))

    Priya and Kabir

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Kabir and Wasim

  1. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3PriyaPriya
2KabirKabir
1

 

3. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. 

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1RohanRohan

 

  1. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no place for Zara.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan

 

6. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. 

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan- Odissi

 

  1. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -- Contemporary
2Kabir -Zara - SalsaKabir -Zara - Salsa
1Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -- Odissi

 

  1. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat.
  2. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat.
FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -Vivek - Contemporary
2Kabir -Tanya - KathakZara - SalsaKabir -Tanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -Wasim - Odissi

 

  1. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak.
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat.

Now, we can eliminate Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat. (i.e., Wasim practices Bhangra.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

13. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. (i.e., Priya practices Kathakali.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. (i.e., Rohan practices Hip-hop.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

This is our final arrangement,

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek - KuchipudiPriya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

Hence, the correct answer is Kabir and Wasim.

145

Who lives in Flat-2 of Floor-3, and which dance form do they practice?

  1. ((a))

    Priya - Kathakali

  2. ((b))

    Yash - Bharatanatyam

  3. ((c))

    Tanya - Kathakali

  4. ((d))

    Vivek - Salsa

  5. ((e))

    Meera - Hip-hop

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Priya - Kathakali

  1. Kabir lives on an even-numbered floor and in an odd-numbered flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Priya lives above Kabir, and she lives in Flat-2.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3PriyaPriya
2KabirKabir
1

 

3. The person living in Flat-3 of Floor-3 practices Contemporary. 

FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1

 

  1. Rohan lives two floors below Priya in the same flat as Priya.
FloorsCase 1Case 2
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- ContemporaryPriya- Contemporary
2KabirKabir
1RohanRohan

 

  1. Zara practices Salsa and lives above Rohan, and no one lives to Zara's east on her floor.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no place for Zara.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan

 

6. The Odissi dancer lives directly below the Salsa dancer in the same flat. 

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya- Contemporary
2KabirZara - Salsa
1Rohan- Odissi

 

  1. Yash lives above Meera, but not immediately above; they both live in the same flat.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -- Contemporary
2Kabir -Zara - SalsaKabir -Zara - Salsa
1Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -- Odissi

 

  1. Vivek lives above Tanya, who practices Kathak, but not in the same flat.
  2. Vivek and Wasim live in the same flat.
FloorsCase 1Case 1a
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - ContemporaryYash -Priya -Vivek - Contemporary
2Kabir -Tanya - KathakZara - SalsaKabir -Tanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - OdissiMeera -Rohan -Wasim - Odissi

 

  1. The person who practices Bharatanatyam lives immediately to the west of the person who practices Kathak.
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. Meera and the person who practices Bharatnatyam don't live in the same flat.

Now, we can eliminate Case 1a.

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim -Rohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Bhangra dancer lives on Floor-1, but not in an even-numbered flat. (i.e., Wasim practices Bhangra.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya -Yash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

13. Priya does not practice Kuchipudi or Hip-hop. (i.e., Priya practices Kathakali.)

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan -Meera - Odissi

 

  1. The Kathakali dancer does not live on the same floor as the Hip-hop dancer. (i.e., Rohan practices Hip-hop.)
FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek -Priya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

This is our final arrangement,

FloorsCase 1
Flat 1Flat 2Flat 3
3Vivek - KuchipudiPriya - KathakaliYash - Contemporary
2Kabir - BharatnatyamTanya - KathakZara - Salsa
1Wasim - BhangraRohan - Hip-HopMeera - Odissi

 

Hence, the correct answer is Priya - Kathakali.

Direction: In the following questions, the symbols @, #, $, &, and ! are used with the following meanings. Study the statements and answer the given questions. In each question, the statements are true even if they seem contrary to commonly known facts.

A @ B means All A are B

A # B means Some A are B

A $ B means No A is B

A & B means Some A is not B

A ! B means Possibility case 

Note: If a ! is placed immediately after any of the symbols mentioned above, it will be considered as a possibility case of that symbol. For example: A@!B means All A being B is a possibility.

146

Statements: X & Y $ Z # W @ V

Conclusions:

I. Z #! X

II. Y & V

III. X &! W

IV. V $ Y

V. Z # V

  1. ((a))

    Only V

  2. ((b))

    Only IV

  3. ((c))

    Only II

  4. ((d))

    Only I, III and V

  5. ((e))

    Only III and IV

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Only I, III and V

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B → All A are B

A # B → Some A are B

A $ B → No A is B

A & B → Some A is not B

A ! B → Possibility case 

Statements: X & Y $ Z # W @ V

X & Y → Some X is not Y

Y $ Z → No Y is Z

Z # W → Some Z are W

W @ V → All W are V

The possible Venn diagram is,

Conclusions:

I. Z #! X → Some Z are X is a possibility.: True (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

II. Y & V → Some Y is not V.: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

III. X &! W → Some X is not W is a possibility.: True (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

IV. V $ Y → No V is Y: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

V. Z # V → Some Z are V: True (As some Z are W and all W is V, so some Z are V is true)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I, III, and V follow.

147

Statements: R $ S # T & U @ V

Conclusions:

I. R #! T

II. U @ R

III. S $! V

IV. T # V

V. R # U

  1. ((a))

    Only II

  2. ((b))

    Only IV

  3. ((c))

    Only II and V

  4. ((d))

    Only III and IV

  5. ((e))

    Only I and III

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Only I and III

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B → All A are B

A # B → Some A are B

A $ B → No A is B

A & B → Some A is not B

A ! B → Possibility case 

Statements: R $ S # T & U @ V

R $ S → No R is S

S # T → Some S are T

T & U → Some T is not U

U @ V → All U are V

The possible Venn diagram is,

Conclusions:

I. R #! T → Some R are T is a possibility.: True (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

II. U @ R → All U are R.: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

III. S $! V → No S is V is a possibility.: True (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

IV. T # V → Some T are V.: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

V. R # U → Some R are U.: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and III follow.

148

Statements:

M @ N & O # P $ Q

Conclusions:

I. M #! P

II. O & Q

III. N @ P

IV. N $ Q

V. M & Q

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II

  4. ((d))

    Only III and V

  5. ((e))

    Only I, III, and IV

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only I and II

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B → All A are B

A # B → Some A are B

A $ B → No A is B

A & B → Some A is not B

A ! B → Possibility case 

Statements: M @ N & O # P $ Q

M @ N → All M are N

N & O → Some N is not O

O # P → Some O are P

P $ Q → No P is Q

The possible Venn diagram is,

Conclusions:

I. M #! P → Some M is P is a possibility.: True (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

II. O & Q → Some O is not Q: True (The part of O which is P is not a part of Q, so some O is not Q is true)

III. N @ P → All N are P: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

IV. N $ Q → No N is Q: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

V. M & Q → Some M is not Q: False (As there is no direct relation is given between the elements)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and II follow.

149

If we pick the last letter from each word of an option, then from which of the following options can a four-letter meaningful English word be formed without shuffling the letters?

  1. ((a))

    CARPET, SUSHI, PRISM, ALONE

  2. ((b))

    BRAIN, RADIO, SMILE, CRANE

  3. ((c))

    TABLE, CHAIR, SPOON, GLASS

  4. ((d))

    MIGHT, FIELD, CLAIM, SNAKE

  5. ((e))

    LEMON, MUSIC, RIVER, NIGHT

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

CARPET, SUSHI, PRISM, ALONE

Option 1: CARPET, SUSHI, PRISM, ALONE → T, I, M, E → TIME (A period of minutes, hours, days, etc)

Option 2: BRAIN, RADIO, SMILE, CRANE → N, O, E, E → NOEE (No meaningful word)

Option 3: TABLE, CHAIR, SPOON, GLASS → E, R, N, S → ERNS (No meaningful word)

Option 4: MIGHT, FIELD, CLAIM, SNAKE → T, D, M, E → TDME (No meaningful word)

Option 5: LEMON, MUSIC, RIVER, NIGHT → N, C, R, T → NCRT (No meaningful word)

Hence, the correct answer is Option 1.

Directions: Read the information and answer the given questions.

There are 18 people, namely, Ajay, Bhavana, Chitra, Deepak, Esha, Farhan, Geeta, Harsh, Isha, Jatin, Kavya, Lalit, Meera, Nitin, Om, Priya, Rohan, Saanvi, sitting in 4 parallel rows, but not necessarily in the same order. They are all facing north. Each row contains a different number of people. The northernmost row, i.e., Row 1, contains more people than any other row, and the southernmost row, i.e., Row 4, contains fewer people than any other row. The number of people in the four rows form four consecutive integers when listed north → south (i.e., each row going south has one fewer person than the row immediately north of it).

Bhavana sits directly behind Esha. The middle seat of Row 2 is occupied by a person who sits immediately right of Deepak. Jatin sits in the northernmost row and has exactly two people to his right in that row. Ajay sits in the leftmost seat of the longest row. Lalit sits somewhere in Row 3 and does not sit at any end of the row. Isha doesn't sit at the end. Bhavana and Farhan are in the same row and have exactly one person between them. Rohan sits in the same column as Kavya but two rows south of her. Meera sits directly behind Ajay. Saanvi sits at the rightmost seat of the southernmost row. Kavya sits immediately left of the person who is directly in front of Om. In one of the middle rows, Chitra and Nitin are in the same row with exactly two people between them. Bhavana and Farhan are not sitting directly in front of Om. Geeta sits immediately right of Harsh.

150

Which pair are in the same row?

  1. ((a))

    Ajay - Meera

  2. ((b))

    Esha - Isha

  3. ((c))

    Kavya - Rohan

  4. ((d))

    Chitra - Saanvi

  5. ((e))

    Priya - Geeta

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Esha - Isha

Given: There are 18 people, namely, Ajay, Bhavana, Chitra, Deepak, Esha, Farhan, Geeta, Harsh, Isha, Jatin, Kavya, Lalit, Meera, Nitin, Om, Priya, Rohan, Saanvi, sitting in 4 parallel rows, but not necessarily in the same order. They are all facing north. Each row contains a different number of people. The northernmost row, i.e., Row 1, contains more people than any other row, and the southernmost row, i.e., Row 4, contains fewer people than any other row. The number of people in the four rows form four consecutive integers when listed north → south (i.e., each row going south has one fewer person than the row immediately north of it).

Let the northernmost row have x seats; then the rows are x, x - 1, x - 2, x - 3 and sum = 4x - 6 = 18 ⇒ x = 6. So the rows are 6 (R1), 5 (R2), 4 (R3), 3 (R4).

  1. Ajay sits in the leftmost seat of the longest row. 
  2. Meera sits directly behind Ajay.
  3. Jatin sits in the northernmost row and has exactly two people to his right in that row.

4. Saanvi sits at the rightmost seat of the southernmost row.   5. The middle seat of Row 2 is occupied by a person who sits immediately right of Deepak. 

6. Lalit sits somewhere in Row 3 and does not sit at any end of the row.  

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

 

7. In one of the middle rows, Chitra and Nitin are in the same row with exactly two people between them. (i.e., Both sit in Row 3.) 

 

8. Rohan sits in the same column as Kavya but two rows south of her. (i.e., One row is between Kavya and Rohan, and both are in the same column.) 

 

9. Kavya sits immediately left of the person who is directly in front of Om. 

 

10. Bhavana and Farhan are in the same row and have exactly one person between them.  

 

11. Bhavana and Farhan are not sitting directly in front of Om. 

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

  1. Bhavana sits directly behind Esha.

  1. Geeta sits immediately right of Harsh. 

  1. Isha doesn't sit at the end.

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is Esha - Isha.

151

Which of the following statement is definitely true?

  1. ((a))

    Chitra sits at the rightmost seat of R3.

  2. ((b))

    Ajay sits in an end seat of R2.

  3. ((c))

    Farhan sits with two people to his left in his row.

  4. ((d))

    Rohan is directly behind Bhavana.

  5. ((e))

    Geeta sits immediately left of Meera.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Farhan sits with two people to his left in his row.

Given: There are 18 people, namely, Ajay, Bhavana, Chitra, Deepak, Esha, Farhan, Geeta, Harsh, Isha, Jatin, Kavya, Lalit, Meera, Nitin, Om, Priya, Rohan, Saanvi, sitting in 4 parallel rows, but not necessarily in the same order. They are all facing north. Each row contains a different number of people. The northernmost row, i.e., Row 1, contains more people than any other row, and the southernmost row, i.e., Row 4, contains fewer people than any other row. The number of people in the four rows form four consecutive integers when listed north → south (i.e., each row going south has one fewer person than the row immediately north of it).

Let the northernmost row have x seats; then the rows are x, x - 1, x - 2, x - 3 and sum = 4x - 6 = 18 ⇒ x = 6. So the rows are 6 (R1), 5 (R2), 4 (R3), 3 (R4).

  1. Ajay sits in the leftmost seat of the longest row. 
  2. Meera sits directly behind Ajay.
  3. Jatin sits in the northernmost row and has exactly two people to his right in that row.

4. Saanvi sits at the rightmost seat of the southernmost row.   5. The middle seat of Row 2 is occupied by a person who sits immediately right of Deepak. 

6. Lalit sits somewhere in Row 3 and does not sit at any end of the row.  

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

 

7. In one of the middle rows, Chitra and Nitin are in the same row with exactly two people between them. (i.e., Both sit in Row 3.) 

 

8. Rohan sits in the same column as Kavya but two rows south of her. (i.e., One row is between Kavya and Rohan, and both are in the same column.) 

 

9. Kavya sits immediately left of the person who is directly in front of Om. 

 

10. Bhavana and Farhan are in the same row and have exactly one person between them.  

 

11. Bhavana and Farhan are not sitting directly in front of Om. 

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

  1. Bhavana sits directly behind Esha.

  1. Geeta sits immediately right of Harsh. 

  1. Isha doesn't sit at the end.

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is Farhan sits with two people to his left in his row.

152

Which one is odd?

  1. ((a))

    Ajay

  2. ((b))

    Kavya

  3. ((c))

    Harsh

  4. ((d))

    Isha

  5. ((e))

    Esha

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Harsh

Given: There are 18 people, namely, Ajay, Bhavana, Chitra, Deepak, Esha, Farhan, Geeta, Harsh, Isha, Jatin, Kavya, Lalit, Meera, Nitin, Om, Priya, Rohan, Saanvi, sitting in 4 parallel rows, but not necessarily in the same order. They are all facing north. Each row contains a different number of people. The northernmost row, i.e., Row 1, contains more people than any other row, and the southernmost row, i.e., Row 4, contains fewer people than any other row. The number of people in the four rows form four consecutive integers when listed north → south (i.e., each row going south has one fewer person than the row immediately north of it).

Let the northernmost row have x seats; then the rows are x, x - 1, x - 2, x - 3 and sum = 4x - 6 = 18 ⇒ x = 6. So the rows are 6 (R1), 5 (R2), 4 (R3), 3 (R4).

  1. Ajay sits in the leftmost seat of the longest row. 
  2. Meera sits directly behind Ajay.
  3. Jatin sits in the northernmost row and has exactly two people to his right in that row.

4. Saanvi sits at the rightmost seat of the southernmost row.   5. The middle seat of Row 2 is occupied by a person who sits immediately right of Deepak. 

6. Lalit sits somewhere in Row 3 and does not sit at any end of the row.  

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

 

7. In one of the middle rows, Chitra and Nitin are in the same row with exactly two people between them. (i.e., Both sit in Row 3.) 

 

8. Rohan sits in the same column as Kavya but two rows south of her. (i.e., One row is between Kavya and Rohan, and both are in the same column.) 

 

9. Kavya sits immediately left of the person who is directly in front of Om. 

 

10. Bhavana and Farhan are in the same row and have exactly one person between them.  

 

11. Bhavana and Farhan are not sitting directly in front of Om. 

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

  1. Bhavana sits directly behind Esha.

  1. Geeta sits immediately right of Harsh. 

  1. Isha doesn't sit at the end.

This is our final arrangement,

Except for Harsh, all others sit in Row 1.

Hence, the correct answer is Harsh.

153

In which row does Geeta sit?

  1. ((a))

    Row 1

  2. ((b))

    Row 2

  3. ((c))

    Row 3

  4. ((d))

    Row 4

  5. ((e))

    Either 1 or 3

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Row 4

Given: There are 18 people, namely, Ajay, Bhavana, Chitra, Deepak, Esha, Farhan, Geeta, Harsh, Isha, Jatin, Kavya, Lalit, Meera, Nitin, Om, Priya, Rohan, Saanvi, sitting in 4 parallel rows, but not necessarily in the same order. They are all facing north. Each row contains a different number of people. The northernmost row, i.e., Row 1, contains more people than any other row, and the southernmost row, i.e., Row 4, contains fewer people than any other row. The number of people in the four rows form four consecutive integers when listed north → south (i.e., each row going south has one fewer person than the row immediately north of it).

Let the northernmost row have x seats; then the rows are x, x - 1, x - 2, x - 3 and sum = 4x - 6 = 18 ⇒ x = 6. So the rows are 6 (R1), 5 (R2), 4 (R3), 3 (R4).

  1. Ajay sits in the leftmost seat of the longest row. 
  2. Meera sits directly behind Ajay.
  3. Jatin sits in the northernmost row and has exactly two people to his right in that row.

4. Saanvi sits at the rightmost seat of the southernmost row.   5. The middle seat of Row 2 is occupied by a person who sits immediately right of Deepak. 

6. Lalit sits somewhere in Row 3 and does not sit at any end of the row.  

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

 

7. In one of the middle rows, Chitra and Nitin are in the same row with exactly two people between them. (i.e., Both sit in Row 3.) 

 

  1. Rohan sits in the same column as Kavya but two rows south of her. (i.e., One row is between Kavya and Rohan, and both are in the same column.) 

 

  1. Kavya sits immediately left of the person who is directly in front of Om. 

 

  1. Bhavana and Farhan are in the same row and have exactly one person between them.  

 

11. Bhavana and Farhan are not sitting directly in front of Om. 

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

  1. Bhavana sits directly behind Esha.

  1. Geeta sits immediately right of Harsh. 

  1. Isha doesn't sit at the end.

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is Row 1.

In a coded language:

X * Y means “X is the father of Y”

X # Y means “X is the mother of Y”

X @ Y means “X is the brother of Y”

X $ Y means “X is the sister of Y”

X % Y means “X is the wife of Y”

X ^ Y means “X is the son of Y”

The relation is given in the coded form of 11 members family:

A % B * C @ D EF E * F G @ H % I ^ J # K

154

How is I related to E?

  1. ((a))

    Son

  2. ((b))

    Son-in-law

  3. ((c))

    Daughter

  4. ((d))

    Sister

  5. ((e))

    Cannot be determined

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Son-in-law

X * Y → X is the father of Y

X # Y → X is the mother of Y

X @ Y → X is the brother of Y

X $ Y → X is the sister of Y

X % Y → X is the wife of Y

X ^ Y → X is the son of Y

Statement: A % B * C @ D EF E * F  G @ H % I ^ J # K

A % B → A is the wife of B

B * C → B is the father of C

C @ D → C is the brother of D

D $ E → D is the sister of E

E * F → E is the father of F

F $ G → F is the sister of G

G @ H → G is the brother of H

H % I → H is the wife of I

I ^ J → I is the son of J

J # K → J is the mother of K

The possible family tree is,

Hence, the correct answer is Son-in-law.

155

If J is the wife of L, how is L related to I?

  1. ((a))

    Daughter-in-law

  2. ((b))

    Niece

  3. ((c))

    Sister-in-law

  4. ((d))

    Father

  5. ((e))

    Cannot be determined

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Father

X * Y → X is the father of Y

X # Y → X is the mother of Y

X @ Y → X is the brother of Y

X $ Y → X is the sister of Y

X % Y → X is the wife of Y

X ^ Y → X is the son of Y

Statement: A % B * C @ D EF E * F  G @ H % I ^ J # K

A % B → A is the wife of B

B * C → B is the father of C

C @ D → C is the brother of D

D $ E → D is the sister of E

E * F → E is the father of F

F $ G → F is the sister of G

G @ H → G is the brother of H

H % I → H is the wife of I

I ^ J → I is the son of J

J # K → J is the mother of K

The possible family tree is,

After the given condition,

Hence, the correct answer is Father.

156

How many females are present in the family?

  1. ((a))

    2

  2. ((b))

    3

  3. ((c))

    4

  4. ((d))

    5

  5. ((e))

    Cannot be determined

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Cannot be determined

X * Y → X is the father of Y

X # Y → X is the mother of Y

X @ Y → X is the brother of Y

X $ Y → X is the sister of Y

X % Y → X is the wife of Y

X ^ Y → X is the son of Y

Statement: A % B * C @ D EF E * F  G @ H % I ^ J # K

A % B → A is the wife of B

B * C → B is the father of C

C @ D → C is the brother of D

D $ E → D is the sister of E

E * F → E is the father of F

F $ G → F is the sister of G

G @ H → G is the brother of H

H % I → H is the wife of I

I ^ J → I is the son of J

J # K → J is the mother of K

The possible family tree is,

Hence, the correct answer is Cannot be determined.

157

How is J related to H?

  1. ((a))

    Grandson

  2. ((b))

    Son

  3. ((c))

    Great Grandson

  4. ((d))

    Mother-in-law

  5. ((e))

    Father

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Mother-in-law

X * Y → X is the father of Y

X # Y → X is the mother of Y

X @ Y → X is the brother of Y

X $ Y → X is the sister of Y

X % Y → X is the wife of Y

X ^ Y → X is the son of Y

Statement: A % B * C @ D EF E * F  G @ H % I ^ J # K

A % B → A is the wife of B

B * C → B is the father of C

C @ D → C is the brother of D

D $ E → D is the sister of E

E * F → E is the father of F

F $ G → F is the sister of G

G @ H → G is the brother of H

H % I → H is the wife of I

I ^ J → I is the son of J

J # K → J is the mother of K

The possible family tree is,

Hence, the correct answer is Mother-in-law.

158

Directions: In the given question, a statement is followed by two conclusions. Read the information and answer the given questions.

Statement: Due to the global chip shortage, several automobile companies have cut down on vehicle production.

Conclusions:

I. Chip availability directly affects vehicle manufacturing.

II. Automakers are shifting focus entirely to electric vehicles.

  1. ((a))

    Only I follows

  2. ((b))

    Only II follows

  3. ((c))

    Either I or II follows

  4. ((d))

    Neither I nor II follows

  5. ((e))

    Both I and II follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only I follows

Statement: This tells us that a shortage of semiconductor chips has caused reduced vehicle production.

Conclusions:

I. Chip availability directly affects vehicle manufacturing.: Follows (This logically follows, since the shortage of chips led to production cuts, it clearly shows that chip supply influences vehicle output.)

II. Automakers are shifting focus entirely to electric vehicles.: Doesn't follow (This does not follow, the statement only talks about production cuts due to chip shortage, not about a shift to electric vehicles.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I follows.

159

Directions: In the given question, a statement is followed by two conclusions. Read the information and answer the given questions.

Statement: Several major banks are investing heavily in cybersecurity infrastructure.

Conclusions:

I. Banks are becoming increasingly vulnerable to cyber threats.

II. Banks no longer face any cybersecurity risks.

  1. ((a))

    Only I follows

  2. ((b))

    Only II follows

  3. ((c))

    Either I or II follows

  4. ((d))

    Neither I nor II follows

  5. ((e))

    Both I and II follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only I follows

Statement: This means banks are spending more on security systems, technology, and protection against digital threats.

Conclusions:

I. Banks are becoming increasingly vulnerable to cyber threats.: Follows (This can be reasonably inferred, if banks are investing more in cybersecurity, it likely indicates growing concern about cyber risks. So, this logically follows.)

II. Banks no longer face any cybersecurity risks.: Doesn't follow (This does not follow, because the statement never says risks are gone, in fact, investing heavily shows that risks still exist.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I follows.

160

Directions: In the question given below, two statement is given. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement I: The government has introduced tax rebates for electric vehicle (EV) buyers.

Statement II: The sale of electric vehicles has increased significantly over the past year.

  1. ((a))

    Statement I is the cause and Statement II is its effect.

  2. ((b))

    Statement II is the cause and Statement I is its effect.

  3. ((c))

    Both the statements I and II are independent causes.

  4. ((d))

    Both the statements I and II are effects of a common cause.

  5. ((e))

    Both the statements I and II ​are effects of independent cause

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Statement I is the cause and Statement II is its effect.

Statement I: The government has introduced tax rebates for electric vehicle (EV) buyers.: This means the government has given financial incentives (reduced taxes) to encourage people to buy EVs.

Statement II: The sale of electric vehicles has increased significantly over the past year.: This shows a result, more people are buying EVs now.

Hence, the correct answer is Statement I is the cause and Statement II is its effect.

161

Directions: In the question given below, a statement is given, followed by three assumptions. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement: Global demographics are shifting: fertility rates in many advanced nations are falling well below replacement level, prompting warnings of potential long-term population decline and economic implications. 

Assumptions:

I. If fertility remains low, population decline could hamper labour supply and economic growth.

II. Falling fertility is a temporary trend and will automatically reverse without policy intervention.

III. Governments should consider policies to support families and childbirth if they wish to avoid demographic decline.

Which assumption(s) is/are implicit?

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II

  4. ((d))

    Only I and III

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, and III

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Only I and III

Statement: It means that in many developed countries, the number of children being born per woman (fertility rate) has dropped below the level needed to keep the population stable, known as the replacement level.

Assumptions:

I. If fertility remains low, population decline could hamper labour supply and economic growth.: Follows (The statement talks about “warnings of potential long-term population decline and economic implications.” This directly implies concern that low fertility could hurt the labour force and economic growth. So, Assumption I is implicit.)

II. Falling fertility is a temporary trend and will automatically reverse without policy intervention.: Doesn't follow (The statement mentions warnings about long-term decline, not that it will automatically fix itself. So, this assumption goes against what the statement suggests. So, Assumption II is not implicit.)

III. Governments should consider policies to support families and childbirth if they wish to avoid demographic decline.: Follows (Since the statement warns of economic implications due to low fertility, it implies that something needs to be done to address it. Supporting families and childbirth would be a logical preventive policy. So, Assumption III is implicit.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and III.

162

Directions: In the question given below, a statement is given, followed by three inferences. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement: New research shows that wildfires around the world are becoming more frequent, more deadly and more costly, with climate-change driven factors making “unstoppable” fire conditions more common. 

Inferences:

I. Climate change is contributing to worsening wildfire risks globally.

II. Because wildfires are getting worse, governments must increase investment in fire-prevention and resilience.

III. Wildfires cannot be managed anymore, so all forested regions should be abandoned.

Which inference(s) logically follow?

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only I and II

  3. ((c))

    Only III

  4. ((d))

    All I, II, and III

  5. ((e))

    Only II

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only I and II

Statement: Recent studies show that wildfires are increasing worldwide, they are happening more often, causing more deaths, and leading to greater economic losses. Scientists say this rise is largely due to climate change, which creates hotter, drier, and windier conditions that make fires spread faster and become harder to control.

Inferences:

I. Climate change is contributing to worsening wildfire risks globally.: Follows (The statement directly says climate-change-driven factors are making fire conditions worse. Hence, Inference I follows.)

II. Because wildfires are getting worse, governments must increase investment in fire-prevention and resilience.: Follows (The statement highlights the increasing danger and cost of wildfires. While it doesn’t explicitly mention what governments should do, it’s logical to infer that increased prevention efforts are needed. Hence, Inference II also follows.)

III. Wildfires cannot be managed anymore, so all forested regions should be abandoned.: Doesn't follow (The statement says “unstoppable fire conditions are more common,” but that doesn’t mean all wildfires are unmanageable or that forests should be abandoned. This inference is an extreme and illogical conclusion. Hence, Inference III does not follow.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and II.

163

Directions: In the question given below, a statement is given, followed by two arguments. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement: Although global growth is projected to slow according to the International Monetary Fund’s World Economic Outlook, many governments are considering increased public investment to support recovery. 

Arguments:

I. Yes, because slower growth means now is the time to boost public spending and stimulate the economy.

II. No, because with growth slowing and risk rising, governments should tighten their belts and focus on efficient structural reforms instead of big spending.

Which argument is stronger?

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Either I or II

  4. ((d))

    Neither I nor II

  5. ((e))

    Both I and II

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Both I and II

Statement: According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the global economy is expected to grow more slowly as compared to previous years. In response, many governments are planning to increase public spending, such as on infrastructure, jobs, or social programs, to help revive economic growth and support recovery.

Arguments:

I. Yes, because slower growth means now is the time to boost public spending and stimulate the economy.: Follows (When growth slows, increasing public investment (like in infrastructure, jobs, or welfare) can stimulate demand and revive economic activity. This follows Keynesian economic logic, where governments spend more during downturns to counter slow growth. Hence, Argument I is strong.)

II. No, because with growth slowing and risk rising, governments should tighten their belts and focus on efficient structural reforms instead of big spending.: Follows (This argument represents a conservative or fiscal-prudence view: when the economy is weak, overspending can worsen debt and inflation. Instead, it argues for long-term structural solutions rather than immediate spending. So, Argument II is also strong; it presents a valid, balanced counterpoint.)

Hence, the correct answer is Both I and II.

164

Directions: In the question given below, a statement is given, followed by three assumptions. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement: At the Global AI Summit, global leaders expressed that AI’s rapid adoption raises serious risks for labour markets, inequality, and governance, especially in developing countries. 

Assumptions:

I. AI is increasingly used in ways that directly affect jobs and economic opportunities.

II. Without new policies, AI will exacerbate social inequalities and labour disruptions.

III. All countries are equally prepared to manage the risks from AI.

Which assumption(s) is/are implicit?

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II

  4. ((d))

    Only ​II and III

  5. ((e))

    All I, II and III

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only I and II

Statement: At the Global AI Summit, world leaders discussed that Artificial Intelligence (AI) is spreading very quickly across industries. While it brings innovation and efficiency, they warned that this rapid growth also creates serious risks, such as Job losses due to automation, widening inequality between rich and poor, and Challenges in governance and regulation, especially in developing countries that may not have strong policies to handle these impacts.

Assumptions:

I. AI is increasingly used in ways that directly affect jobs and economic opportunities.: Follows (The statement says AI affects “labour markets,” which directly relates to jobs and economic opportunities. Therefore, it assumes AI is being used in such areas where employment and income are impacted. So, Assumption I is implicit.)

II. Without new policies, AI will exacerbate social inequalities and labour disruptions.: Follows (The statement warns that AI’s adoption “raises serious risks” for inequality and jobs. That implies something needs to be done (like policies) to prevent these risks; otherwise, they could worsen. So, Assumption II is also implicit.)

III. All countries are equally prepared to manage the risks from AI.: Doesn't follow (The statement specifically highlights developing countries as being especially at risk, implying not all countries are equally prepared. So, Assumption III is not implicit.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and II.

165

Directions: In the question given below, a statement is given, followed by four inferences. Read the information carefully and answer the question.

Statement: The United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP) spotlighted that although developed countries pledged additional funding for renewable energy in developing nations, many experts remain sceptical about the timely delivery of these commitments. 

Inferences:

I. The success of renewable energy transitions in developing countries depends on international climate finance.

II. Developed countries have always fully honoured their climate-funding pledges, so delay isn’t an issue.

III. Without the promised funding, developing countries’ energy transitions may be delayed or compromised.

IV. The conference concluded that no further funding is needed since developing countries can self-finance.

Which of the following inferences follows logically?

  1. ((a))

    Only I and III

  2. ((b))

    Only II and IV

  3. ((c))

    Only I, III and IV

  4. ((d))

    Only I

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, III, and IV

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only I and III

Statement: The United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP), rich or developed countries promised to give more financial support to developing nations to help them shift to renewable energy (like solar and wind power). However, many experts doubt that these developed countries will actually provide the money on time, because in the past, such climate-funding promises have often been delayed or only partly fulfilled.

Inferences:

I. The success of renewable energy transitions in developing countries depends on international climate finance.: Follows (The statement says developed countries pledged funding for developing nations’ renewable transitions. That implies that such international funding is important for success; otherwise, it wouldn’t be a focus of the COP or experts’ concern. So, Inference I follows.)

II. Developed countries have always fully honoured their climate-funding pledges, so delay isn’t an issue.: Doesn't follow (The statement mentions experts remain sceptical about timely delivery, which means there have been delays or doubts in past commitments. Hence, claiming that they always honour their pledges directly contradicts the statement. So, Inference II does not follow.)

III. Without the promised funding, developing countries’ energy transitions may be delayed or compromised.: Follows (The statement suggests concern about the timely delivery of funding. If the money doesn’t arrive or is delayed, it could logically delay or hinder renewable energy progress. So, Inference III follows.)

IV. The conference concluded that no further funding is needed since developing countries can self-finance.: Doesn't follow (The statement says developed countries pledged additional funding, meaning the conference acknowledged the need for it, not the opposite. So, Inference IV does not follow.)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and III follow.

Directions: Read the information and answer the given questions.

A certain number of people are sitting in a linear row and all of them are facing north. They like different music genres. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

A sits eighth to the left of B, who likes Hip-hop. C likes Classical and sits fourth to the right of D, who sits to the right of A but not immediately. E, who likes Country, sits to the immediate left of F, who likes Blues. G sits exactly in the middle of D, who doesn't like Rock and B. F sits third from the extreme right end of the row. The number of people between B and F is the same as the number between D and B. Only ten people are sitting to the left of B. One of the people likes the Jazz genre. The number of people between A, who likes Pop, and B is the same as that between H, who likes Electronic, and B.

166

Who among the following likes the Jazz genre?

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    C

  3. ((c))

    D

  4. ((d))

    G

  5. ((e))

    H

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

D

Given: A certain number of people are sitting in a linear row and all of them are facing north. They like different music genres. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

1. Only ten people are sitting to the left of B.  2. A sits eighth to the left of B, who likes Hip-hop.

3. The number of people between A, who likes Pop, and B is the same as that between H, who likes Electronic, and B.

4. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

5. F sits third from the extreme right end of the row. 

 

6. E, who likes Country, sits to the immediate left of F, who likes Blues. 

 

7. The number of people between B and F is the same as the number between D and B. 

 

  1. C likes Classical and sits fourth to the right of D, who sits to the right of A but not immediately.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

 

  1. G sits exactly in the middle of D, who doesn't like Rock and B.
  2. One of the people likes the Jazz genre. (i.e., G likes Rock, and D likes Jazz.)

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is D.

167

Who among the following is fifth from the left end?

  1. ((a))

    E

  2. ((b))

    C

  3. ((c))

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    H

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

D

Given: A certain number of people are sitting in a linear row and all of them are facing north. They like different music genres. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

1. Only ten people are sitting to the left of B.  2. A sits eighth to the left of B, who likes Hip-hop.

3. The number of people between A, who likes Pop, and B is the same as that between H, who likes Electronic, and B.

4. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

5. F sits third from the extreme right end of the row. 

 

6. E, who likes Country, sits to the immediate left of F, who likes Blues. 

 

7. The number of people between B and F is the same as the number between D and B. 

 

  1. C likes Classical and sits fourth to the right of D, who sits to the right of A but not immediately.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

 

  1. G sits exactly in the middle of D, who doesn't like Rock and B.
  2. One of the people likes the Jazz genre. (i.e., G likes Rock, and D likes Jazz.)

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is D.

168

How many people are sitting in a linear row?

  1. ((a))

    15

  2. ((b))

    16

  3. ((c))

    17

  4. ((d))

    18

  5. ((e))

    19

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

19

Given: A certain number of people are sitting in a linear row and all of them are facing north. They like different music genres. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

1. Only ten people are sitting to the left of B.  2. A sits eighth to the left of B, who likes Hip-hop.

3. The number of people between A, who likes Pop, and B is the same as that between H, who likes Electronic, and B.

4. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

5. F sits third from the extreme right end of the row. 

 

6. E, who likes Country, sits to the immediate left of F, who likes Blues. 

 

7. The number of people between B and F is the same as the number between D and B. 

 

  1. C likes Classical and sits fourth to the right of D, who sits to the right of A but not immediately.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

 

  1. G sits exactly in the middle of D, who doesn't like Rock and B.
  2. One of the people likes the Jazz genre. (i.e., G likes Rock, and D likes Jazz.)

This is our final arrangement,

Hence, the correct answer is 19.

169

Who among the following sits at the extreme end of the row?

  1. ((a))

    F

  2. ((b))

  3. ((c))

    B

  4. ((d))

    H

  5. ((e))

    G

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

H

Given: A certain number of people are sitting in a linear row and all of them are facing north. They like different music genres. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

  1. Only ten people are sitting to the left of B. 
  2. A sits eighth to the left of B, who likes Hip-hop.

3. The number of people between A, who likes Pop, and B is the same as that between H, who likes Electronic, and B.

4. Not more than 20 people are sitting in a linear row.

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

5. F sits third from the extreme right end of the row. 

 

6. E, who likes Country, sits to the immediate left of F, who likes Blues. 

 

7. The number of people between B and F is the same as the number between D and B. 

 

  1. C likes Classical and sits fourth to the right of D, who sits to the right of A but not immediately.

Now, we can eliminate Case 2.

 

  1. G sits exactly in the middle of D, who doesn't like Rock and B.
  2. One of the people likes the Jazz genre. (i.e., G likes Rock, and D likes Jazz.)

This is our final arrangement,

 

Hence, the correct answer is H.

Directions: Read the information and answer the given questions.

There are two perpendicular axes – XY (horizontal) and MN (vertical). X is to the west of Y, and M is to the north of N. The axes intersect at point O. The distance from X to O is 30 m, and from Y to O is 30 m. Similarly, M to O is 18 m, and N to O is 18 m.

R1 starts from X, walks 28 m east, then turns left and walks 14 m to reach point P. R2 starts from N, walks 20 m north, then turns right and walks 22 m to reach point Q. R3 starts from M, walks 10 m south, then turns left and walks 19 m to stop at point R. R4 starts from Y, walks 12 m west, then turns left and walks 16 m to reach point S.

170

Which one is odd?

  1. ((a))

    P, Q

  2. ((b))

    P, R

  3. ((c))

    R, Q

  4. ((d))

    Q, S

  5. ((e))

    P, S

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Q, S

Given: There are two perpendicular axes – XY (horizontal) and MN (vertical). X is to the west of Y, and M is to the north of N. The axes intersect at point O. The distance from X to O is 30 m, and from Y to O is 30 m. Similarly, M to O is 18 m, and N to O is 18 m.

R1 starts from X, walks 28 m east, then turns left and walks 14 m to reach point P. 

 

R2 starts from N, walks 20 m north, then turns right and walks 22 m to reach point Q.

 

R3 starts from M, walks 10 m south, then turns left and walks 19 m to stop at point R.

 

R4 starts from Y, walks 12 m west, then turns left and walks 16 m to reach point S.

 

Except for Q, S, in all other options, the first point is in northwest of the second point.

Hence, the correct answer is Q, S.

171

What is the total distance walked by R3 and R4 together?

  1. ((a))

    50 m

  2. ((b))

    57 m

  3. ((c))

    65 m

  4. ((d))

    70 m

  5. ((e))

    75 m

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

57 m

Given: There are two perpendicular axes – XY (horizontal) and MN (vertical). X is to the west of Y, and M is to the north of N. The axes intersect at point O. The distance from X to O is 30 m, and from Y to O is 30 m. Similarly, M to O is 18 m, and N to O is 18 m.

R1 starts from X, walks 28 m east, then turns left and walks 14 m to reach point P. 

 

R2 starts from N, walks 20 m north, then turns right and walks 22 m to reach point Q.

 

R3 starts from M, walks 10 m south, then turns left and walks 19 m to stop at point R.

 

R4 starts from Y, walks 12 m west, then turns left and walks 16 m to reach point S.

 

Sum = 10 + 19 + 12 + 16 = 57 m

Hence, the correct answer is 57 m.

172

In which direction is point S with respect to point R?

  1. ((a))

    North-west

  2. ((b))

    North-east

  3. ((c))

    East

  4. ((d))

    South-west

  5. ((e))

    South-east

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

South-west

Given: There are two perpendicular axes – XY (horizontal) and MN (vertical). X is to the west of Y, and M is to the north of N. The axes intersect at point O. The distance from X to O is 30 m, and from Y to O is 30 m. Similarly, M to O is 18 m, and N to O is 18 m.

R1 starts from X, walks 28 m east, then turns left and walks 14 m to reach point P. 

 

R2 starts from N, walks 20 m north, then turns right and walks 22 m to reach point Q.

 

R3 starts from M, walks 10 m south, then turns left and walks 19 m to stop at point R.

 

R4 starts from Y, walks 12 m west, then turns left and walks 16 m to reach point S.

 

Hence, the correct answer is South-west.

173

What is the direction of point P with respect to Q?

  1. ((a))

    North

  2. ((b))

    South

  3. ((c))

    North-west

  4. ((d))

    South-east

  5. ((e))

    West

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

North-west

Given: There are two perpendicular axes – XY (horizontal) and MN (vertical). X is to the west of Y, and M is to the north of N. The axes intersect at point O. The distance from X to O is 30 m, and from Y to O is 30 m. Similarly, M to O is 18 m, and N to O is 18 m.

R1 starts from X, walks 28 m east, then turns left and walks 14 m to reach point P. 

R2 starts from N, walks 20 m north, then turns right and walks 22 m to reach point Q.

R3 starts from M, walks 10 m south, then turns left and walks 19 m to stop at point R.

R4 starts from Y, walks 12 m west, then turns left and walks 16 m to reach point S.

Hence, the correct answer is North-west.

Directions: Read the information and answer the given questions.

Eight candidates, namely, Aarav, Bhavna, Charu, Darsh, Esha, Farooq, Gaurav, and Hema, are seated around a circular conference table for an Investment Analysis Workshop, but not necessarily in the same order. All of them are facing the centre. Each candidate holds a different Adani Green Energy share folio.

One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares. Darsh holds 26 - 14.

174

Which one is odd?

  1. ((a))

    Gaurav

  2. ((b))

    Aarav

  3. ((c))

    Bhavna

  4. ((d))

    Darsh

  5. ((e))

    Esha

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Gaurav

1. Darsh holds 26 - 14. (i.e., Darsh holds 64 - 14 = 50 shares) 2. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. 

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

3. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. 

 

4. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna.  5. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. (i.e., Darsh is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna.)

6. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. (i.e., Bhavna holds 100 shares and the person who sits opposite Bhavna holds 30 shares.)

7. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares.  (i.e., Bhavna sits adjacent to the one who holds 40 shares.)

8. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. 

9. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares)

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no vacant place for Hema.)

10. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares and sits immediately left of Charu.)

11. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. (i.e., Farooq holds 5! ÷ 10 = 120 ÷ 10 = 12 shares)

  1. One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. (i.e., Aarav holds 75 shares.)

Except for Gaurav, all others hold a share that is a multiple of 25.

Hence, the correct answer is Gaurav.

175

Who among the following holds 30 shares?

  1. ((a))

    The one who sits opposite to Farooq

  2. ((b))

    The one who sits third to the left of Aarav

  3. ((c))

    The one who sits opposite to Esha

  4. ((d))

    The one who sits third to the right of Esha

  5. ((e))

    Charu

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Charu

1. Darsh holds 26 - 14. (i.e., Darsh holds 64 - 14 = 50 shares) 2. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. 

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

3. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. 

 

4. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna.  5. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. (i.e., Darsh is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna.)

6. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. (i.e., Bhavna holds 100 shares and the person who sits opposite Bhavna holds 30 shares.)

7. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares.  (i.e., Bhavna sits adjacent to the one who holds 40 shares.)

8. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. 

9. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares)

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no vacant place for Hema.)

10. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares and sits immediately left of Charu.)

11. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. (i.e., Farooq holds 5! ÷ 10 = 120 ÷ 10 = 12 shares)

  1. One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. (i.e., Aarav holds 75 shares.)

Hence, the correct answer is Charu.

176

What is the position of the one who holds 40 shares with respect to Bhavna?

  1. ((a))

    Immediate right

  2. ((b))

    Second to the left

  3. ((c))

    Immediate left

  4. ((d))

    Third to the right

  5. ((e))

    Second to the right

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Immediate right

1. Darsh holds 26 - 14. (i.e., Darsh holds 64 - 14 = 50 shares) 2. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. 

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

3. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. 

 

4. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna.  5. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. (i.e., Darsh is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna.)

6. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. (i.e., Bhavna holds 100 shares and the person who sits opposite Bhavna holds 30 shares.)

7. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares.  (i.e., Bhavna sits adjacent to the one who holds 40 shares.)

8. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. 

9. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares)

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no vacant place for Hema.)

10. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares and sits immediately left of Charu.)

11. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. (i.e., Farooq holds 5! ÷ 10 = 120 ÷ 10 = 12 shares)

  1. One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. (i.e., Aarav holds 75 shares.)

Hence, the correct answer is Immediate right.

177

Who among the following sits opposite to the one who holds 75 shares?

  1. ((a))

    Charu

  2. ((b))

    Aarav

  3. ((c))

    Bhavna

  4. ((d))

    Either Charu or Darsh

  5. ((e))

    The one who holds 25 shares

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

The one who holds 25 shares

1. Darsh holds 26 - 14. (i.e., Darsh holds 64 - 14 = 50 shares) 2. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. 

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

3. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. 

 

4. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna.  5. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. (i.e., Darsh is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna.)

6. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. (i.e., Bhavna holds 100 shares and the person who sits opposite Bhavna holds 30 shares.)

7. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares.  (i.e., Bhavna sits adjacent to the one who holds 40 shares.)

8. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. 

9. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares)

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no vacant place for Hema.)

10. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares and sits immediately left of Charu.)

11. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. (i.e., Farooq holds 5! ÷ 10 = 120 ÷ 10 = 12 shares)

  1. One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. (i.e., Aarav holds 75 shares.)

Hence, the correct answer is The one who holds 25 shares, i.e., Esha.

178

Who among the following sits second to the right of Farooq?

  1. ((a))

    Charu

  2. ((b))

    The one who holds 150 shares

  3. ((c))

    Darsh

  4. ((d))

    The one who holds 40 shares

  5. ((e))

    Esha

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Darsh

  1. Darsh holds 26 - 14. (i.e., Darsh holds 64 - 14 = 50 shares) 2. Darsh is seated immediately next to Aarav. 

Here, we have 2 Cases, i.e., Case 1 and Case 2.

3. Esha holds 25 shares and sits directly opposite Aarav. 

 

4. Aarav sits two places away from Bhavna.  5. The holder of 26 - 14 shares is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna. (i.e., Darsh is an immediate neighbor of Bhavna.)

6. Bhavna holds five times twenty shares and sits opposite the person who holds LCM of 6 and 5 shares. (i.e., Bhavna holds 100 shares and the person who sits opposite Bhavna holds 30 shares.)

7. The person with five times twenty shares sits adjacent to the one with 23 × 5 shares.  (i.e., Bhavna sits adjacent to the one who holds 40 shares.)

8. Charu sits two places away from Aarav. 

9. Gaurav, who is not an immediate neighbor of Charu, sits second to the left of Hema, who holds the Sum of the digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares)

Now, we can eliminate Case 2. (Because there is no vacant place for Hema.)

10. The person holding the sum of digits of 12345 multiplied by 10 shares sits immediately next to Charu. (i.e., Hema holds 150 shares and sits immediately left of Charu.)

11. Farooq holds 5! divided by 10 shares. (i.e., Farooq holds 5! ÷ 10 = 120 ÷ 10 = 12 shares)

  1. One of the people holds three-quarters of 100 shares. (i.e., Aarav holds 75 shares.)

Hence, the correct answer is Darsh.

Directions: Each question is followed by two statements numbered I and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read both statements carefully and give answer:

179

A family of three generations consists of six members. How many female members are there in the family?

Statement I: P is the grandparent of the only child of M. K is the niece of L. R is the brother-in-law of L, and vice versa. K is not married.

Statement II: O is the father of L. L is unmarried. M is the only daughter of P and is married.

  1. ((a))

    Data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer

  2. ((b))

    Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

  3. ((c))

    Data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

  4. ((d))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer

  5. ((e))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are sufficient to answer

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Data given in both statements I and II together are sufficient to answer

Statement I: P is the grandparent of the only child of M. K is the niece of L. R is the brother-in-law of L, and vice versa. K is not married.

Statement II: O is the father of L. L is unmarried. M is the only daughter of P and is married.

From I and II:

Hence, the correct answer is Data given in both statements I and II together are sufficient to answer.

180

Eight persons, namely, J, L, M, N, O, P, R, and S, are sitting around a circular table, all facing inside. Who among the following sits second to the right of J?

Statement I: There are two persons sitting between J and the one who sits immediately to the right of R. N sits exactly opposite to the one who is on the immediate left of M. 

Statement II: L sits second to the right of M. P sits next to M. N is a neighbor of L but not of M. R is a neighbor of both J and M.

  1. ((a))

    Data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer

  2. ((b))

    Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

  3. ((c))

    Data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

  4. ((d))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer

  5. ((e))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are sufficient to answer

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

Statement I: There are two persons sitting between J and the one who sits immediately to the right of R. N sits exactly opposite to the one who is on the immediate left of M. 

Statement II: L sits second to the right of M. P sits next to M. N is a neighbor of L but not of M. R is a neighbor of both J and M.

Hence, the correct answer is Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer.

181

Seven persons, namely, A, B, C, D, E, F, and G, live on a seven-floor building, with the ground floor numbered 1 and the top floor numbered 7. Who among the following lives on the 6th floor?

Statement I: There are three floors between A and E. F lives on a floor below D. G lives immediately below the one who lives two floors above C. 

Statement II: G lives two floors above F. More than one person lives below A. F lives above the 3rd floor. The number of persons living below A is one more than those living above G.

  1. ((a))

    Data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer 

  2. ((b))

    Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

  3. ((c))

    Data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone is sufficient to answer 

  4. ((d))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer

  5. ((e))

    Data given in both statements I and II together are sufficient to answer

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer

Statement I: There are three floors between A and E. F lives on a floor below D. G lives immediately below the one who lives two floors above C. 

FloorsPersons
Case 1Case 2Case 3
7A/E
6G/A/E
5C/GG/A/E
4CC/GG/
3E/AC/C/G
2G/E/AC
1C/E/A

 

Statement II: G lives two floors above F. More than one person lives below A. F lives above the 3rd floor. The number of persons living below A is one more than those living above G.

FloorsPersons
7
6G
5
4F
3A
2
1

 

Hence, the correct answer is Data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer.

In a certain code language,

Springs Blankets Strongly Crimson → M27@ P10# H10& M26* 

Flights Platform Promptly Kingdom → U24# S13* W18& K24@ 

Crispest Calmly Blindly Handpicks → O9@ K11# K17& W9*

182

What is the code of "Twilight Bracket"?

  1. ((a))

    P25& T28#

  2. ((b))

    S27# T21&

  3. ((c))

    T9& P28#

  4. ((d))

    T28# P9&

  5. ((e))

    J24* K21#

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

T28# P9&

Logic:

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word

Symbol:

Even no. of letters + 1 vowel → @

Even no. of letters + 2 vowels → #

Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → *

Odd no. of letters + 2 vowels → &

Springs → M26*

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word = N → M

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word = 19 + 7 = 26

Symbol: Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → * 

The code is,

Twilight Bracket → T28# P9&

Hence, the correct answer is T28# P9&.

183

Which among the following word has the code "G13&"?

  1. ((a))

    Boldly

  2. ((b))

    Forests

  3. ((c))

    Parking

  4. ((d))

    Monkey

  5. ((e))

    Minister

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Forests

Logic:

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word

Symbol:

Even no. of letters + 1 vowel → @

Even no. of letters + 2 vowels → #

Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → *

Odd no. of letters + 2 vowels → &

Springs → M26*

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word = N → M

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word = 19 + 7 = 26

Symbol: Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → * 

The word is,

G13& → Forests (4th consonant letter is T, 6 + 7 = 13, i.e., first letter is F, and 7 letters + 2 Vowels → &)

Hence, the correct answer is Forests.

184

What is the code of "Daylight Plumbest"?

  1. ((a))

    K25# L20@

  2. ((b))

    J24@ Q25#

  3. ((c))

    T12# Y24#

  4. ((d))

    Q24# J25@

  5. ((e))

    L24# K25#

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

T12# Y24#

Logic:

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word

Symbol:

Even no. of letters + 1 vowel → @

Even no. of letters + 2 vowels → #

Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → *

Odd no. of letters + 2 vowels → &

Springs → M26*

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word = N → M

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word = 19 + 7 = 26

Symbol: Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → * 

The code is,

Daylight Plumbest → T12# Y24#

Hence, the correct answer is T12# Y24#.

185

Which among the following word has the code "Y27#"?

  1. ((a))

    Fracture

  2. ((b))

    Stubborn

  3. ((c))

    Steadily

  4. ((d))

    Handpick

  5. ((e))

    Crystal

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Stubborn

Logic:

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word

Symbol:

Even no. of letters + 1 vowel → @

Even no. of letters + 2 vowels → #

Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → *

Odd no. of letters + 2 vowels → &

Springs → M26*

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word = N → M

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word = 19 + 7 = 26

Symbol: Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → * 

The word is,

Y27# → Stubborn (4th consonant letter is b, 19 + 8 = 27, i.e., first letter is S, and 8 letters + 2 Vowels → #)

Hence, the correct answer is Stubborn.

186

What is the code of "Forward Lanterns"?

  1. ((a))

    G13& G20#

  2. ((b))

    K15& L20#

  3. ((c))

    I13& I20#

  4. ((d))

    L32& M20&

  5. ((e))

    N13# B25#

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

I13& I20#

Logic:

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word

Symbol:

Even no. of letters + 1 vowel → @

Even no. of letters + 2 vowels → #

Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → *

Odd no. of letters + 2 vowels → &

Springs → M26*

Letter = Opposite of the 4th consonant from left in the word = N → M

Number = Place value of first letter + total letters in the word = 19 + 7 = 26

Symbol: Odd no. of letters + 1 vowel → * 

The code is,

Forward Lanterns → I13& I20#

Hence, the correct answer is I13& I20#.

187

In the given question, five words are there and we have to subtract 1 from the consonant and add 1 to the vowel, then what is the sum of all the place value of vowels present in the word.

  1. BRAIN
  2. COINS
  3. TRAIN
  4. MAJOR
  5. FRAUD
  1. ((a))

    13

  2. ((b))

    15

  3. ((c))

    20

  4. ((d))

    18

  5. ((e))

    22

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

15

After applying the operation, i.e., subtract 1 from the consonant and add 1 to the vowel

  1. BRAIN - AQBJM - Place value of Vowel = 1
  2. COINS - BPJMR - No vowel
  3. TRAIN - SQBJM - No vowel
  4. MAJOR - LBIPQ - Place value of Vowel = 9
  5. FRAUD - EQBVC - Place value of Vowel = 5

Sum of all the place value of vowels = 1 + 9 + 5 = 15

Hence, the correct answer is 15.

Directions: In the following questions, the symbols @, #, $, %, & are used with the meanings given below:

A @ B means A is neither smaller nor equal to B 

A # B means A is neither greater nor equal to B 

A $ B means A is not smaller than B 

A % B means A is not greater than B 

A & B means A is neither greater nor smaller than B 

Now, assuming the given statements to be true, find which of the given conclusions logically follows the statements.

188

Statements: M % N # O # P $ Q, P # R

Conclusions:

I. N # P

II. M % R

III. R @ N

  1. ((a))

    Only I and II follow

  2. ((b))

    Only II and III follow

  3. ((c))

    Only I and III follow

  4. ((d))

    Only II follows

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, and III follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only I and III follow

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B means A > B

A # B means A < B

A $ B means A ≥ B

A % B means A ≤ B

A & B means A = B

Statements: M % N # O # P $ Q, P # R

M ≤ N < O < P ≥ Q, P < R

Conclusions:

I. N # P → N < P: True (N < O < P, i.e. N < P)

II. M % R → M ≤ R: False (M ≤ N < O < P < R, i.e., M < R)

III. R @ N→ R > N: True (R > P > O > N, i.e., R > N)

Hence, the correct answer is Only I and III follow.

189

Statements: A $ B @ C % D # E, F # D

Conclusions:

I. A $ F

II. C @ E

III. F # E

  1. ((a))

    Only II follows

  2. ((b))

    Only III follows

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II follow

  4. ((d))

    Only I and III follow

  5. ((e))

    None follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only III follows

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B means A > B

A # B means A < B

A $ B means A ≥ B

A % B means A ≤ B

A & B means A = B

Statements: A $ B @ C % D # E, F # D

A ≥ B > C ≤ D < E, F < D

Conclusions:

I. A $ F → A ≥ F: False (A ≥ B > C ≤ D > F, i.e., Opposite sign is between the elements)

II. C @ E → C > E: False (C ≤ D < E, i.e., C < E)

III. F # E → F < E: True ( F < D < E, i.e., F < E)

Hence, the correct answer is Only III follows.

190

Statements: P # Q $ R @ S % T, S & U

Conclusions:

I. P # S

II. Q @ U

III. R @ T

  1. ((a))

    Only I follows

  2. ((b))

    Only II follows

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II follow

  4. ((d))

    Only II and III follow

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, and III follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only II follows

After decoding the symbols,

A @ B means A > B

A # B means A < B

A $ B means A ≥ B

A % B means A ≤ B

A & B means A = B

Statements: P # Q $ R @ S % T, S & U

P < Q ≥ R > S ≤ T, S = U

i.e., P < Q ≥ R > S = U ≤ T

Conclusions:

I. P # S → P < S: False (P < Q ≥ R > S, i.e., Opposite sign is between the elements)

II. Q @ U → Q > U: True (Q ≥ R > S = U, i.e., Q > U)

III. R @ T → R > T: False (R > S = U ≤ T, i.e., Opposite sign is between the elements)

Hence, the correct answer is Only II follows.

Attempt this paper under real exam conditions

Timed interface, section switching, instant scoring, and question-by-question analytics — free.

Start Timed Attempt